* powerpc.cc (Powerpc_relobj::add_gc_mark, process_gc_mark): New.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
269 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
271@end ifset
272@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
273
274@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 275@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
276 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
277 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
278 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
279 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 280 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 281 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
282 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
283 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
284 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 285 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 286@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
287@ifset Blackfin
288
289@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
290 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
291 [@b{-mfdpic}]
292 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
293 [@b{-mnopic}]
294@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
295@ifset CRIS
296
297@emph{Target CRIS options:}
298 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
299 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
300 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 301 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
302@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
303@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
304@end ifset
252b5132 305@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D10V options:}
308 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target D30V options:}
313 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 314@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
315@ifset EPIPHANY
316
317@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
318 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
319@end ifset
252b5132 320@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
321
322@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
323 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
324@end ifset
325@ifset HPPA
326@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
327@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
328@ifset I80386
329
330@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 331 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 332 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
333@end ifset
334@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
335
336@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 337@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
338 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
339 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
340 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 341@end ifset
587fe2b3 342@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 343
9e32ca89
NC
344@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
345 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
346 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
347 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 348 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 349 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 350 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
351 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
352@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
353@ifset IP2K
354
355@emph{Target IP2K options:}
356 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
357@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
358@ifset M32C
359
360@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 361 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 362@end ifset
587fe2b3 363@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 364
a4fb0134
SC
365@emph{Target M32R options:}
366 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 367 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 368@end ifset
252b5132 369@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
372 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 373@end ifset
60bcf0fa 374@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
375
376@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 377 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
378 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
379 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 380 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
381 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
382 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
383@end ifset
384@ifset MCORE
385
386@emph{Target MCORE options:}
387 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
388 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
401 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 402 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 403 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
404 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
405 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 407 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 408 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 409 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 410 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 411 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 412 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 413 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 414 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
415 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
416 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
417 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 418 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 419 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
420@end ifset
421@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
422
423@emph{Target MMIX options:}
424 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
425 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
426 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 427 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
428@end ifset
429@ifset PDP11
430
431@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
432 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
433 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 434 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
435@end ifset
436@ifset PJ
437
438@emph{Target picoJava options:}
439 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
440@end ifset
441@ifset PPC
442
443@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
444 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
445 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
446 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599
AM
447 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
448 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
b4b783be 449 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mvle}|@b{-mcom}]
b8b738ac 450 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 451 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
452 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
453 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 454 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 455 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 456@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
457@ifset RX
458
459@emph{Target RX options:}
460 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
461 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
462 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
463@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
464@ifset S390
465
466@emph{Target s390 options:}
467 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
468 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
469 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
470@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
471@ifset SCORE
472
473@emph{Target SCORE options:}
474 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
475 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
476 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
477 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
478@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
479@ifset SPARC
480
481@emph{Target SPARC options:}
482@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
483 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
484 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
485 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
486 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
487@end ifset
488@ifset TIC54X
489
490@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 491 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
492 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
493@end ifset
3c9b82ba 494
40b36596
JM
495@ifset TIC6X
496
497@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
498 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
499 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
500 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 501@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
502@ifset TILEGX
503
504@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 505 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
506@end ifset
507@ifset TILEPRO
508@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
509@end ifset
40b36596 510
2d8b84ae
SA
511@ifset XTENSA
512
513@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
514 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
515 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
516 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
517 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
518@end ifset
519
3c9b82ba
NC
520@ifset Z80
521
522@emph{Target Z80 options:}
523 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
524 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
525 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
526 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
527 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
528 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
529 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
530@end ifset
531
a4fb0134
SC
532@ifset Z8000
533@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 534@end ifset
e0001a05 535
0285c67d 536@c man end
252b5132
RH
537@end smallexample
538
0285c67d
NC
539@c man begin OPTIONS
540
a4fb0134 541@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 542@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 543
83f10cb2 544@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
545Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
546
a4fb0134 547@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
548@item -ac
549omit false conditionals
550
551@item -ad
552omit debugging directives
553
83f10cb2
NC
554@item -ag
555include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
556
252b5132
RH
557@item -ah
558include high-level source
559
560@item -al
561include assembly
562
563@item -am
564include macro expansions
565
566@item -an
567omit forms processing
568
569@item -as
570include symbols
571
572@item =file
573set the name of the listing file
574@end table
575
576You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
577listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
578the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
579
caa32fe5 580@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
581Begin in alternate macro mode.
582@ifclear man
583@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
584@end ifclear
caa32fe5 585
955974c6
CC
586@item --compress-debug-sections
587Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
588to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
589compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
590
591@item --nocompress-debug-sections
592Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
593
252b5132
RH
594@item -D
595Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
596other assemblers.
597
3d6b762c
JM
598@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
599When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
600information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
601
252b5132
RH
602@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
603Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
604@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
605indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
606value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
607use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
608
609@item -f
610``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
611compiler output).
612
329e276d
NC
613@item -g
614@itemx --gen-debug
615Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
616debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
617ECOFF or DWARF2.
618
252b5132
RH
619@item --gstabs
620Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
621may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
622
05da4302
NC
623@item --gstabs+
624Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
625extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
626debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
627may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
628the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
629
329e276d 630@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 631Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 632may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 633option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 634
21be61f5
L
635@item --size-check=error
636@itemx --size-check=warning
637Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
638
252b5132
RH
639@item --help
640Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
641
ea20a7da
CC
642@item --target-help
643Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
644
252b5132
RH
645@item -I @var{dir}
646Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
647
648@item -J
649Don't warn about signed overflow.
650
651@item -K
652@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
653This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
654@end ifclear
655@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
656Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
657@end ifset
658
659@item -L
660@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
661Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
662system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
663or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
664@ifclear man
665@xref{Symbol Names}.
666@end ifclear
252b5132 667
c3a27914
NC
668@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
669Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
670listing to @var{number}.
671
672@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
673Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
674lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
675
676@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
677Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
678@var{number} bytes.
679
680@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
681Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
682to @var{number} + 1.
683
252b5132 684@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 685Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
686
687@item -R
688Fold the data section into the text section.
689
4bdd3565
NC
690@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
691Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
692@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
693assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
694memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
695requirements at the expense of speed.
696
697@item --reduce-memory-overheads
698This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
699assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
700@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
701
252b5132
RH
702@item --statistics
703Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
704assembly.
705
706@item --strip-local-absolute
707Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
708
709@item -v
710@itemx -version
a4fb0134 711Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
712
713@item --version
a4fb0134 714Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
715
716@item -W
2bdd6cf5 717@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
718Suppress warning messages.
719
2bdd6cf5
GK
720@item --fatal-warnings
721Treat warnings as errors.
722
723@item --warn
724Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
725
252b5132
RH
726@item -w
727Ignored.
728
729@item -x
730Ignored.
731
732@item -Z
733Generate an object file even after errors.
734
735@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
736Standard input, or source files to assemble.
737
738@end table
2a633939
JM
739@c man end
740
a06ea964
NC
741@ifset AARCH64
742
743@ifclear man
744@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
745for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
746@end ifclear
747
748@ifset man
749@c man begin OPTIONS
750The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
75164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
752@c man end
753@c man begin INCLUDE
754@include c-aarch64.texi
755@c ended inside the included file
756@end ifset
757
758@end ifset
759
2a633939
JM
760@ifset ALPHA
761
762@ifclear man
763@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
764for an Alpha processor.
765@end ifclear
766
767@ifset man
768@c man begin OPTIONS
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
770processor.
771@c man end
772@c man begin INCLUDE
773@include c-alpha.texi
774@c ended inside the included file
775@end ifset
776
777@end ifset
252b5132 778
2a633939 779@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
780@ifset ARC
781The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
782an ARC processor.
783
a4fb0134 784@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
785@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
786This option selects the core processor variant.
787@item -EB | -EL
788Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
789@end table
790@end ifset
791
792@ifset ARM
793The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
794processor family.
795
a4fb0134 796@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 797@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 798Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 799@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 800Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 801@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 802Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
803@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
804Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
805@item -mthumb
806Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 807@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
808Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
809@item -EB | -EL
810Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
811@item -mthumb-interwork
812Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
813ARM code in mind.
814@item -k
815Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
816@end table
817@end ifset
635fb38d 818@c man end
252b5132 819
9982501a 820@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
821
822@ifclear man
823@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
824configured for the Blackfin processor family.
825@end ifclear
826
827@ifset man
828@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
830the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
831@c man end
832@c man begin INCLUDE
833@include c-bfin.texi
834@c ended inside the included file
835@end ifset
9982501a 836
9982501a
JZ
837@end ifset
838
635fb38d 839@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
840@ifset CRIS
841See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
842@end ifset
843
252b5132
RH
844@ifset D10V
845The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
846a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 847@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
848@cindex D10V optimization
849@cindex optimization, D10V
850@item -O
851Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
852@end table
853@end ifset
854
855@ifset D30V
856The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
857processor.
a4fb0134 858@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
859@cindex D30V optimization
860@cindex optimization, D30V
861@item -O
862Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
863
864@cindex D30V nops
865@item -n
866Warn when nops are generated.
867
868@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
869@item -N
870Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
871@end table
872@end ifset
731caf76
L
873@c man end
874
cfb8c092
NC
875@ifset EPIPHANY
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
877Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
878
56b13185
JR
879@ifclear man
880@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
881configured for an Epiphany processor.
882@end ifclear
cfb8c092 883
56b13185
JR
884@ifset man
885@c man begin OPTIONS
886The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
887an Epiphany processor.
888@c man end
889@c man begin INCLUDE
890@include c-epiphany.texi
891@c ended inside the included file
892@end ifset
cfb8c092 893
cfb8c092
NC
894@end ifset
895
731caf76 896@ifset I80386
252b5132 897
731caf76
L
898@ifclear man
899@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
900configured for an i386 processor.
901@end ifclear
902
903@ifset man
904@c man begin OPTIONS
905The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
906an i386 processor.
907@c man end
908@c man begin INCLUDE
909@include c-i386.texi
910@c ended inside the included file
911@end ifset
912
913@end ifset
914
915@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
916@ifset I960
917The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
918Intel 80960 processor.
919
a4fb0134 920@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
921@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
922Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
923
924@item -b
925Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
926
927@item -no-relax
928Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
929error if necessary.
930
931@end table
932@end ifset
933
a40cbfa3
NC
934@ifset IP2K
935The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 936Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
937
938@table @gcctabopt
939
940@item -mip2022ext
941Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
942
943@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 944Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
945just the basic IP2022 ones.
946
947@end table
948@end ifset
949
49f58d10
JB
950@ifset M32C
951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
952Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
953
954@table @gcctabopt
955
956@item -m32c
957Assemble M32C instructions.
958
959@item -m16c
960Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
961
c54b5932
DD
962@item -relax
963Enable support for link-time relaxations.
964
965@item -h-tick-hex
966Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
967
49f58d10
JB
968@end table
969@end ifset
970
ec694b89
NC
971@ifset M32R
972The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 973Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 974
a4fb0134 975@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
976
977@item --m32rx
978Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
979is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
980
981@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
982Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 983encountered.
ec694b89
NC
984
985@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
986Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
987encountered.
ec694b89
NC
988
989@end table
990@end ifset
252b5132
RH
991
992@ifset M680X0
993The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
994Motorola 68000 series.
995
a4fb0134 996@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
997
998@item -l
999Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1000
0285c67d
NC
1001@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1002@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1003@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1004Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1005is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1006
1007@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1008The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1009The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1010the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1011two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1012coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1013
1014@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1015The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1016unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1017
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
e135f41b
NC
1021@ifset PDP11
1022
1023For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1024see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1025
a4fb0134 1026@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1027@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1028Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1029default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1030
1031@item -mall
1032@itemx -mall-extensions
1033Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1034
1035@item -mno-extensions
1036Disable all instruction set extensions.
1037
1038@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1039Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1040
1041@item -m@var{cpu}
1042Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1043disable all other extensions.
1044
1045@item -m@var{machine}
1046Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1047model, and disable all other extensions.
1048@end table
1049
1050@end ifset
1051
041dd5a9
ILT
1052@ifset PJ
1053The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1054a picoJava processor.
1055
a4fb0134 1056@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1057
1058@cindex PJ endianness
1059@cindex endianness, PJ
1060@cindex big endian output, PJ
1061@item -mb
1062Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1063
1064@cindex little endian output, PJ
1065@item -ml
1066Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1067
1068@end table
1069@end ifset
1070
60bcf0fa
NC
1071@ifset M68HC11
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1073Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1074
a4fb0134 1075@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1076
6927f982 1077@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1078Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1079defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1080
6927f982
NC
1081@item --xgate-ramoffset
1082Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1083XGATE address space.
1084
2f904664
SC
1085@item -mshort
1086Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1087
1088@item -mlong
01642c12 1089Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1090
1091@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1092Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1093
1094@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1095Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1096
1370e33d 1097@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1098Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1099conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1100sub routine.
1101
1370e33d
NC
1102@item -S | --short-branches
1103Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1104when the offset is out of range.
1105
1106@item --strict-direct-mode
1107Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1108when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1109
1110@item --print-insn-syntax
1111Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1112
1113@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1114Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1115
1116@item --generate-example
6927f982 1117Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1118This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1119
1120@end table
1121@end ifset
1122
252b5132 1123@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1124The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1125for the SPARC architecture:
1126
a4fb0134 1127@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1128@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1129@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1130Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1131
1132@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1133@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1134
1135@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1136UltraSPARC extensions.
1137
1138@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1139For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1140equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1141
1142@item -bump
1143Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1144@end table
1145@end ifset
1146
39bec121
TW
1147@ifset TIC54X
1148The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1149architecture.
39bec121 1150
a4fb0134 1151@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1152@item -mfar-mode
1153Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1154extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1155@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1156Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1157@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1158Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1159behaviour in the shell.
1160@end table
1161@end ifset
1162
252b5132
RH
1163@ifset MIPS
1164The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1165a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1166
a4fb0134 1167@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1168@item -G @var{num}
1169This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1170implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1171use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1172
1173@cindex MIPS endianness
1174@cindex endianness, MIPS
1175@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1176@item -EB
1177Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1178
1179@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1180@item -EL
1181Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1182
1183@cindex MIPS ISA
1184@item -mips1
1185@itemx -mips2
1186@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1187@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1188@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1189@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1190@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1191@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1192@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1193Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1194@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1195alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1196@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1197@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1198@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1199correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1200@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1201and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1202ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1203
1204@item -march=@var{CPU}
1205Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1206
1207@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1208Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1209
1210@item -mfix7000
1211@itemx -mno-fix7000
1212Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1213of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1214
ecb4347a
DJ
1215@item -mdebug
1216@itemx -no-mdebug
1217Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1218section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1219
dcd410fe
RO
1220@item -mpdr
1221@itemx -mno-pdr
1222Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1223
437ee9d5
TS
1224@item -mgp32
1225@itemx -mfp32
1226The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1227flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1228all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1229and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1230
1231@item -mips16
1232@itemx -no-mips16
1233Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1234@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1235turns off this option.
252b5132 1236
df58fc94
RS
1237@item -mmicromips
1238@itemx -mno-micromips
1239Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1240@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1241turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1242at the start of the assembly file.
1243
e16bfa71
TS
1244@item -msmartmips
1245@itemx -mno-smartmips
1246Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1247equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1248@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1249
1f25f5d3
CD
1250@item -mips3d
1251@itemx -no-mips3d
1252Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1253This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1254@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1255
deec1734
CD
1256@item -mdmx
1257@itemx -no-mdmx
1258Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1259This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1260@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1261
2ef2b9ae
CF
1262@item -mdsp
1263@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1264Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1265This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1266@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1267
8b082fb1
TS
1268@item -mdspr2
1269@itemx -mno-dspr2
1270Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1271This option implies -mdsp.
1272This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1273@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1274
ef2e4d86
CF
1275@item -mmt
1276@itemx -mno-mt
1277Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1278This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1279@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1280
dec0624d
MR
1281@item -mmcu
1282@itemx -mno-mcu
1283Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1284This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1285@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1286
437ee9d5
TS
1287@item --construct-floats
1288@itemx --no-construct-floats
1289The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1290double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1291value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1292the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1293selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1294
1295@cindex emulation
1296@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1297This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1298for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1299between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1300debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1301endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1302@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1303@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1304of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1305the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1306in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1307selection in any case.
1308
1309This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1310@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1311Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1312@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1313the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1314configuration includes support for both.
1315
1316Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1317fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1318more processors.
1319
1320@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1321@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1322the native tools.
1323
252b5132
RH
1324@item --trap
1325@itemx --no-trap
1326@itemx --break
1327@itemx --no-break
1328Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1329@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1330(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1331@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1332break exception.
63486801
L
1333
1334@item -n
a4fb0134 1335When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1336time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1337@end table
1338@end ifset
1339
1340@ifset MCORE
1341The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1342an MCore processor.
1343
a4fb0134 1344@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1345@item -jsri2bsr
1346@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1347Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1348The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1349
1350@item -sifilter
1351@itemx -nosifilter
1352Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1353The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1354
1355@item -relax
1356Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1357
ec694b89
NC
1358@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1359Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1360can be assembled.
1361
1362@item -EB
1363Assemble for a big endian target.
1364
1365@item -EL
1366Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1367
1368@end table
1369@end ifset
1370
3c3bdf30
NC
1371@ifset MMIX
1372See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1373@end ifset
1374
635fb38d 1375@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1376@ifset PPC
1377
1378@ifclear man
1379@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1380for a PowerPC processor.
1381@end ifclear
1382
1383@ifset man
1384@c man begin OPTIONS
1385The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1386PowerPC processor.
1387@c man end
1388@c man begin INCLUDE
1389@include c-ppc.texi
1390@c ended inside the included file
1391@end ifset
1392
1393@end ifset
1394
635fb38d 1395@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1396@ifset RX
1397See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1398@end ifset
1399
11c19e16
MS
1400@ifset S390
1401The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1402processor family.
1403
1404@table @gcctabopt
1405@item -m31
1406@itemx -m64
1407Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1408@item -mesa
1409@item -mzarch
1410Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1411Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1412@item -march=@var{processor}
1413Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1414@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1415@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1416@item -mregnames
1417@itemx -mno-regnames
1418Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1419@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1420Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1421but evaluates to zero.
1422@end table
1423@end ifset
2a633939 1424@c man end
11c19e16 1425
40b36596 1426@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1427
1428@ifclear man
1429@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1430for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1431@end ifclear
1432
1433@ifset man
1434@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1435The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1436TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1437@c man end
1438@c man begin INCLUDE
1439@include c-tic6x.texi
1440@c ended inside the included file
1441@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1442
1443@end ifset
1444
aa137e4d
NC
1445@ifset TILEGX
1446
1447@ifclear man
1448@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1449for a TILE-Gx processor.
1450@end ifclear
1451
1452@ifset man
1453@c man begin OPTIONS
1454The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1455processor.
1456@c man end
1457@c man begin INCLUDE
1458@include c-tilegx.texi
1459@c ended inside the included file
1460@end ifset
1461
1462@end ifset
1463
e0001a05 1464@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1465
2d8b84ae
SA
1466@ifclear man
1467@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1468for an Xtensa processor.
1469@end ifclear
1470
1471@ifset man
1472@c man begin OPTIONS
1473The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1474Xtensa processor.
1475@c man end
1476@c man begin INCLUDE
1477@include c-xtensa.texi
1478@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1479@end ifset
1480
2d8b84ae
SA
1481@end ifset
1482
1483@c man begin OPTIONS
1484
3c9b82ba
NC
1485@ifset Z80
1486The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1487a Z80 family processor.
1488@table @gcctabopt
1489@item -z80
1490Assemble for Z80 processor.
1491@item -r800
1492Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1493@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1494@itemx -Wnud
1495Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1496@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1497@itemx -Wnup
1498Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1499@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1500@itemx -Wud
1501Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1502@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1503@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1504Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1505@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1506@itemx -Fud
1507Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1508@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1509@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1510Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1511@end table
1512@end ifset
1513
0285c67d
NC
1514@c man end
1515
252b5132
RH
1516@menu
1517* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1518* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1519* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1520* Command Line:: Command Line
1521* Input Files:: Input Files
1522* Object:: Output (Object) File
1523* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1524@end menu
1525
1526@node Manual
1527@section Structure of this Manual
1528
1529@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1530This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1531@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1532notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1533@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1534
1535@ifclear GENERIC
1536We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1537configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1538@end ifclear
1539@ifset GENERIC
1540This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1541various flavors of the assembler.
1542@end ifset
1543
1544@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1545On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1546to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1547In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1548architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1549mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1550particular architecture.
1551@ifset GENERIC
1552You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1553machine architecture manual for this information.
1554@end ifset
1555@ifclear GENERIC
1556@ifset H8/300
1557For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1558Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1559Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1560@end ifset
252b5132 1561@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1562For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1563see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1564@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1565@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1566@end ifset
1567@ifset Z8000
1568For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1569@end ifset
1570@end ifclear
1571
1572@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1573@ignore
1574Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1575the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1576Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1577computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1578once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1579qualification.
1580
a4fb0134 1581@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1582human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1583computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1584@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1585@end ignore
1586
1587@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1588@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1589@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1590@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1591@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1592@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1593@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1594@c directives).
1595
1596@node GNU Assembler
1597@section The GNU Assembler
1598
0285c67d
NC
1599@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1600
a4fb0134 1601@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1602@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1603This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1604configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1605@end ifclear
1606If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1607should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1608architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1609including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1610@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1611
1612@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1613@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1614@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1615@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1616assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1617machine would assemble.
1618@ifset VAX
1619Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1620@end ifset
1621@ifset M680X0
1622@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1623@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1624This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1625assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1626incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1627@end ifset
1628
0285c67d
NC
1629@c man end
1630
a4fb0134 1631Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1632program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1633@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1634
1635@node Object Formats
1636@section Object File Formats
1637
1638@cindex object file format
1639The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1640object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1641write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1642are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1643Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1644@ifclear GENERIC
1645@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1646For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1647@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1648@end ifclear
1649@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1650@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1651On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1652@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1653@end ifset
1654@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1655On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1656SOM or ELF format object files.
1657@end ifset
1658@end ifclear
1659
1660@node Command Line
1661@section Command Line
1662
1663@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1664
a4fb0134 1665After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1666options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1667before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1668significant.
1669
1670@cindex standard input, as input file
1671@kindex --
1672@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1673explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1674
1675@cindex options, command line
1676Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1677hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1678@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1679option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1680the letter is important. All options are optional.
1681
1682Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1683name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1684with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1685standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1686
1687@smallexample
1688@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1689@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1690@end smallexample
1691
1692@node Input Files
1693@section Input Files
1694
1695@cindex input
1696@cindex source program
1697@cindex files, input
1698We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1699describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1700be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1701doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1702
1703@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1704@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1705The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1706order specified.
1707
0285c67d 1708@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1709Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1710program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1711(The standard input is also a file.)
1712
a4fb0134 1713You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1714names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1715command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1716is taken to be an input file name.
1717
a4fb0134
SC
1718If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1719from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1720may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1721to assemble.
1722
1723Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1724in your command line.
1725
a4fb0134 1726If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1727file.
1728
0285c67d
NC
1729@c man end
1730
252b5132
RH
1731@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1732
1733@cindex input file linenumbers
1734@cindex line numbers, in input files
1735There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1736either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1737number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1738``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1739
1740@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1741to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1742
1743@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1744directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1745error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1746is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1747@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1748@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1749
1750@node Object
1751@section Output (Object) File
1752
1753@cindex object file
1754@cindex output file
1755@kindex a.out
1756@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1757Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1758your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1759is the object file. Its default name is
1760@ifclear BOUT
1761@code{a.out}.
1762@end ifclear
1763@ifset BOUT
1764@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1765@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1766@end ifset
a4fb0134 1767@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1768@end ifset
a4fb0134 1769You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1770object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1771reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1772directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1773possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1774
1775@cindex linker
1776@kindex ld
1777The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1778assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1779the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1780information for the debugger.
1781
1782@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1783@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1784
1785@node Errors
1786@section Error and Warning Messages
1787
0285c67d
NC
1788@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1789
a349d9dd 1790@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1791@cindex warning messages
1792@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1793@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1794file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1795runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1796that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1797grave problem that stops the assembly.
1798
0285c67d
NC
1799@c man end
1800
252b5132
RH
1801@cindex format of warning messages
1802Warning messages have the format
1803
1804@smallexample
1805file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1806@end smallexample
1807
1808@noindent
1809@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1810(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1811(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1812the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1813@ifset GENERIC
1814(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1815@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1816then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1817otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1818message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1819tradition).
1820
1821@cindex format of error messages
1822Error messages have the format
1823@smallexample
1824file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1825@end smallexample
1826The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1827messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1828because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1829
1830@node Invoking
1831@chapter Command-Line Options
1832
1833@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1834This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1835versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1836for options specific
252b5132 1837@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1838to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1839@end ifclear
1840@ifset GENERIC
1841to particular machine architectures.
1842@end ifset
1843
0285c67d
NC
1844@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1845
c1253627 1846If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1847you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1848The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1849by commas. For example:
1850
1851@smallexample
1852gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1853@end smallexample
1854
1855@noindent
1856This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1857standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1858local symbols in the symbol table).
1859
1860Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1861command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1862(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1863precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1864assembler.)
1865
0285c67d
NC
1866@c man end
1867
252b5132 1868@menu
83f10cb2 1869* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1870* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1871* D:: -D for compatibility
1872* f:: -f to work faster
1873* I:: -I for .include search path
1874@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1875* K:: -K for compatibility
1876@end ifclear
1877@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1878* K:: -K for difference tables
1879@end ifset
1880
ba83aca1 1881* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1882* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1883* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1884* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1885* o:: -o to name the object file
1886* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1887* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1888* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1889* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1890* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1891* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1892@end menu
1893
1894@node a
83f10cb2 1895@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1896
1897@kindex -a
1898@kindex -ac
1899@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1900@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1901@kindex -ah
1902@kindex -al
1903@kindex -an
1904@kindex -as
1905@cindex listings, enabling
1906@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1907
1908These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1909@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1910You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1911@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1912@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1913@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1914High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1915@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1916also.
1917
83f10cb2
NC
1918Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1919information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1920
252b5132
RH
1921Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1922which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1923other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1924omitted from the listing.
1925
1926Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1927listing.
1928
1929Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1930listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1931@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1932@code{.sbttl}.
1933The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1934If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1935listing-control directives have no effect.
1936
1937The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1938@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1939
96e9638b
BW
1940Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1941because it
c3a27914
NC
1942is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1943is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1944directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1945stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1946memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1947
caa32fe5
NC
1948@node alternate
1949@section @option{--alternate}
1950
1951@kindex --alternate
1952Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1953
252b5132 1954@node D
a4fb0134 1955@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1956
1957@kindex -D
1958This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1959likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1960@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1961
1962@node f
a4fb0134 1963@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1964
1965@kindex -f
1966@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1967@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1968@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1969(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1970and comment preprocessing on
1971the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1972,Preprocessing}.
1973
1974@quotation
1975@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1976preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1977not work correctly.
1978@end quotation
1979
1980@node I
c1253627 1981@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1982
1983@kindex -I @var{path}
1984@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1985@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1986@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1987Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1988@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1989directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1990many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1991working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1992searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1993specified (left to right) on the command line.
1994
1995@node K
a4fb0134 1996@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1997
1998@kindex -K
1999@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2000On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2001permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2002where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2003generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2004family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2005alteration on other platforms.
2006@end ifclear
2007
2008@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2009@cindex difference tables, warning
2010@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2011@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2012form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2013You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2014is done.
2015@end ifset
2016
2017@node L
ba83aca1 2018@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2019
2020@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2021@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2022Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2023@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2024called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2025such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2026programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2027notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2028such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2029
2030This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2031in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2032@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2033
c3a27914 2034@node listing
a4fb0134 2035@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2036
2037The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2038@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2039hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2040them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2041directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2042@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2043@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2044@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2045
a4fb0134 2046@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2047@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2048@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2049@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2050Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2051dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2052
2053@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2054@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2055@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2056Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2057a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2058the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2059switch is used the default is to one.
2060
2061@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2062@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2063@cindex Width of source line output
2064Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2065alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2066source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2067
2068@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2069@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2070@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2071Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2072displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2073@end table
2074
252b5132 2075@node M
a4fb0134 2076@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2077
2078@kindex -M
2079@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2080The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2081changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2082compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2083configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2084MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2085information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2086arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2087assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2088
2089The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2090depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2091file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2092individually. These are:
2093
2094@itemize @bullet
2095@item global symbols in common section
2096
2097The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2098Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2099common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2100symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2101symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2102
2103@item complex relocations
2104
2105The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2106relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2107are not support by other object file formats.
2108
2109@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2110
2111The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2112This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2113instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2114script.
2115
2116@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2117
2118The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2119name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2120
2121@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2122
2123The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2124address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2125which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2126not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2127assigned within a linker script.
2128@end itemize
2129
2130There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2131@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2132seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2133
2134@itemize @bullet
2135
2136@item EBCDIC strings
2137
2138EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2139
2140@item packed binary coded decimal
2141
2142Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2143and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2144
2145@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2146
2147The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2148
2149@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2150
2151The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2152
2153@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2154
2155The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2156@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2157relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2158these options serve no purpose.
2159
2160@item @code{OPT} list control options
2161
2162The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2163@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2164@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2165
2166@item other @code{OPT} options
2167
2168The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2169@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2170
2171@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2172
2173The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2174@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2175
2176@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2177
2178The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2179
2180@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2181
2182The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2183
2184@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2185
2186The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2187
2188@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2189
2190The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2191
2192@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2193
2194The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2195
2196@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2197
2198The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2199
2200@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2201
2202The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2203
2204@end itemize
2205
2206@node MD
c1253627 2207@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2208
2209@kindex --MD
2210@cindex dependency tracking
2211@cindex make rules
2212
a4fb0134 2213@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2214file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2215dependencies of the main source file.
2216
2217The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2218
2219This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2220
2221@node o
a4fb0134 2222@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2223
2224@kindex -o
2225@cindex naming object file
2226@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2227There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2228default it has the name
2229@ifset GENERIC
2230@ifset I960
2231@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2232@end ifset
2233@ifclear I960
2234@file{a.out}.
2235@end ifclear
2236@end ifset
2237@ifclear GENERIC
2238@ifset I960
2239@file{b.out}.
2240@end ifset
2241@ifclear I960
2242@file{a.out}.
2243@end ifclear
2244@end ifclear
2245You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2246object file a different name.
2247
a4fb0134 2248Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2249existing file of the same name.
2250
2251@node R
a4fb0134 2252@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2253
2254@kindex -R
2255@cindex data and text sections, joining
2256@cindex text and data sections, joining
2257@cindex joining text and data sections
2258@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2259@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2260data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2261the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2262section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2263your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2264appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2265
a4fb0134 2266When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2267address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2268data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2269older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2270
c1253627
NC
2271@ifset COFF-ELF
2272When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2273this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2274@samp{.data}.
2275@end ifset
2276
2277@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2278@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2279@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2280@end ifset
2281
2282@node statistics
a4fb0134 2283@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2284
2285@kindex --statistics
2286@cindex statistics, about assembly
2287@cindex time, total for assembly
2288@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2289Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2290@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2291(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2292seconds).
2293
2294@node traditional-format
c1253627 2295@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2296
2297@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2298For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2299from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2300@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2301
2302For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2303@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2304
2305@node v
a4fb0134 2306@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2307
2308@kindex -v
2309@kindex -version
2310@cindex assembler version
2311@cindex version of assembler
2312You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2313option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2314command line.
2315
2316@node W
a4fb0134 2317@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2318
a4fb0134 2319@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2320assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2321cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2322made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2323
c1253627
NC
2324@kindex -W
2325@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2326@cindex suppressing warnings
2327@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2328If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2329This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2330how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2331are still reported.
2332
c1253627 2333@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2334@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2335@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2336If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2337files that generate warnings to be in error.
2338
c1253627 2339@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2340@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2341You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2342causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2343
2344@node Z
a4fb0134 2345@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2346@cindex object file, after errors
2347@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2348After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2349some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2350@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2351option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2352writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2353errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2354
2355@node Syntax
2356@chapter Syntax
2357
2358@cindex machine-independent syntax
2359@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2360This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2361source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2362assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2363@ifclear VAX
2364assembler.
2365@end ifclear
2366@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2367assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2368@end ifset
2369
2370@menu
7c31ae13 2371* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2372* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2373* Comments:: Comments
2374* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2375* Statements:: Statements
2376* Constants:: Constants
2377@end menu
2378
2379@node Preprocessing
2380@section Preprocessing
2381
2382@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2383The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2384@itemize @bullet
2385@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2386@item
2387adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2388the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2389a single space.
2390
2391@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2392@item
2393removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2394appropriate number of newlines.
2395
2396@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2397@item
2398converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2399@end itemize
2400
2401It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2402anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2403do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2404(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2405to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2406@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2407Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2408
2409Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2410cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2411preprocessed.
2412
2413@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2414@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2415@kindex #NO_APP
2416@kindex #APP
2417If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2418@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2419Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2420specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2421text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2422@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2423@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2424and whitespace.
2425
2426@node Whitespace
2427@section Whitespace
2428
2429@cindex whitespace
2430@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2431Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2432people to read. Unless within character constants
2433(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2434as exactly one space.
2435
2436@node Comments
2437@section Comments
2438
2439@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2440There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2441cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2442
2443Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2444This means you may not nest these comments.
2445
2446@smallexample
2447/*
2448 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2449 is to use this sort of comment.
2450*/
2451
2452/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2453@end smallexample
2454
2455@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2456Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2457considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2458specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2459line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2460line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2461comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2462upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2463@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2464
2465If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2466special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2467to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2468
2469@kindex #
2470@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2471@cindex logical line numbers
2472To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2473special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2474expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2475line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2476new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2477
2478If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2479the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2480
2481@smallexample
2482 # This is an ordinary comment.
2483# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2484 # This is logical line # 36.
2485@end smallexample
2486This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2487of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2488
2489@node Symbol Intro
2490@section Symbols
2491
2492@cindex characters used in symbols
2493@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2494A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2495letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2496@samp{_.$}.
2497@end ifclear
2498@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2499@ifclear GENERIC
2500@ifset H8
2501A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2502letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2503@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2504symbol names.)
2505@end ifset
2506@end ifclear
2507@end ifset
2508@ifset GENERIC
2509On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2510are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2511@end ifset
2512No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2513There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2514are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2515beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2516of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2517@cindex length of symbols
2518
2519@node Statements
2520@section Statements
2521
2522@cindex statements, structure of
2523@cindex line separator character
2524@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2525
2526A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2527@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2528specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2529target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2530The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2531preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2532exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2533
2534@cindex newline, required at file end
2535@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2536It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2537character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2538
2539An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2540
2541@cindex instructions and directives
2542@cindex directives and instructions
2543@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2544@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2545@c 13feb91.
2546A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2547key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2548symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2549symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2550directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2551a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2552assembles into a machine language instruction.
2553@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2554Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2555recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2556represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2557language.@refill
2558@end ifset
2559
2560@cindex @code{:} (label)
2561@cindex label (@code{:})
2562A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2563Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2564have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2565
2566@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2567For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2568the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2569only one label may be defined on each line.
2570@end ifset
2571
2572@smallexample
2573label: .directive followed by something
2574another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2575 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2576@end smallexample
2577
2578@node Constants
2579@section Constants
2580
2581@cindex constants
2582A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2583inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2584@smallexample
2585@group
2586.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2587.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2588.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2589.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
259095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2591@end group
2592@end smallexample
2593
2594@menu
2595* Characters:: Character Constants
2596* Numbers:: Number Constants
2597@end menu
2598
2599@node Characters
2600@subsection Character Constants
2601
2602@cindex character constants
2603@cindex constants, character
2604There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2605for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2606numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2607@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2608used in arithmetic expressions.
2609
2610@menu
2611* Strings:: Strings
2612* Chars:: Characters
2613@end menu
2614
2615@node Strings
2616@subsubsection Strings
2617
2618@cindex string constants
2619@cindex constants, string
2620A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2621double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2622into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2623a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2624one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2625@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2626(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2627escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2628
2629@cindex escape codes, character
2630@cindex character escape codes
2631@table @kbd
2632@c @item \a
2633@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2634@c
2635@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2636@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2637@item \b
2638Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2639
2640@c @item \e
2641@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2642@c
2643@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2644@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2645@item \f
2646Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2647
2648@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2649@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2650@item \n
2651Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2652
2653@c @item \p
2654@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2655@c
2656@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2657@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2658@item \r
2659Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2660
2661@c @item \s
2662@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2663@c other assemblers.
2664@c
2665@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2666@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2667@item \t
2668Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2669
2670@c @item \v
2671@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2672@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2673@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2674@c
2675@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2676@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2677@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2678An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2679For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2680for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2681
2682@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2683@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2684@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2685A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2686lower case @code{x} works.
2687
2688@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2689@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2690@item \\
2691Represents one @samp{\} character.
2692
2693@c @item \'
2694@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2695@c This is needed in single character literals
2696@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2697@c a @samp{'}.
2698@c
2699@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2700@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2701@item \"
2702Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2703this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2704
2705@item \ @var{anything-else}
2706Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2707assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2708you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2709interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2710other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2711code and warns you of the fact.
2712@end table
2713
2714Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2715varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2716the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2717compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2718sequence.
2719
2720@node Chars
2721@subsubsection Characters
2722
2723@cindex single character constant
2724@cindex character, single
2725@cindex constant, single character
2726A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2727followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2728to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2729must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2730@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2731grave accent. A newline
2732@ifclear GENERIC
2733@ifclear abnormal-separator
2734(or semicolon @samp{;})
2735@end ifclear
2736@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2737@ifset H8
2738(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2739Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2740@end ifset
2741@end ifset
2742@end ifclear
2743immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2744and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2745constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2746that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2747@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2748
2749@node Numbers
2750@subsection Number Constants
2751
2752@cindex constants, number
2753@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2754@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2755are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2756would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2757integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2758are floating point numbers, described below.
2759
2760@menu
2761* Integers:: Integers
2762* Bignums:: Bignums
2763* Flonums:: Flonums
2764@ifclear GENERIC
2765@ifset I960
2766* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2767@end ifset
2768@end ifclear
2769@end menu
2770
2771@node Integers
2772@subsubsection Integers
2773@cindex integers
2774@cindex constants, integer
2775
2776@cindex binary integers
2777@cindex integers, binary
2778A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2779the binary digits @samp{01}.
2780
2781@cindex octal integers
2782@cindex integers, octal
2783An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2784digits (@samp{01234567}).
2785
2786@cindex decimal integers
2787@cindex integers, decimal
2788A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2789more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2790
2791@cindex hexadecimal integers
2792@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2793A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2794more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2795
2796Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2797the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2798(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2799
2800@node Bignums
2801@subsubsection Bignums
2802
2803@cindex bignums
2804@cindex constants, bignum
2805A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2806except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2807represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2808integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2809
2810@node Flonums
2811@subsubsection Flonums
2812@cindex flonums
2813@cindex floating point numbers
2814@cindex constants, floating point
2815
2816@cindex precision, floating point
2817A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2818indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2819@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2820sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2821to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2822portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2823
2824A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2825@itemize @bullet
2826@item
2827The digit @samp{0}.
2828@ifset HPPA
2829(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2830@end ifset
2831
2832@item
a4fb0134 2833A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2834@ifset GENERIC
2835@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2836@ignore
2837@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2838(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28394.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2840@end ignore
2841
7be1c489 2842On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2843and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2844one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2845
2846On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2847(in upper or lower case).
2848
2849On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2850one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2851
2852On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2853@end ifset
2854@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2855@ifset ARC
2856One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2857@end ifset
2858@ifset H8
2859One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2860@end ifset
2861@ifset HPPA
2862The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2863@end ifset
2864@ifset I960
2865One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2866@end ifset
2867@end ifclear
2868
2869@item
2870An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2871
2872@item
2873An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2874
2875@item
2876An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2877or more decimal digits.
2878
2879@item
2880An optional exponent, consisting of:
2881
2882@itemize @bullet
2883@item
2884An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2885@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2886@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2887@item
2888Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2889@item
2890One or more decimal digits.
2891@end itemize
2892
2893@end itemize
2894
2895At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2896present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2897
a4fb0134 2898@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2899independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2900@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2901
2902@ifclear GENERIC
2903@ifset I960
2904@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2905@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2906@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2907@node Bit Fields
2908@subsubsection Bit Fields
2909
2910@cindex bit fields
2911@cindex constants, bit field
2912You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2913Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2914@example
2915@var{mask}:@var{value}
2916@end example
2917@noindent
a4fb0134 2918@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2919@var{value}.
2920
2921The resulting number is then packed
2922@ifset GENERIC
2923@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2924(in host-dependent byte order)
2925@end ifset
2926into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2927bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2928requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2929more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2930least significant digits.@refill
2931
2932The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2933@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2934@end ifset
2935@end ifclear
2936
2937@node Sections
2938@chapter Sections and Relocation
2939@cindex sections
2940@cindex relocation
2941
2942@menu
2943* Secs Background:: Background
2944* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2945* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2946* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2947* bss:: bss Section
2948@end menu
2949
2950@node Secs Background
2951@section Background
2952
2953Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2954``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2955For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2956
2957@cindex linker, and assembler
2958@cindex assembler, and linker
2959The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2960combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2961emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2962@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2963different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2964oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2965sections.
2966
2967@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2968addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2969units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2970within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2971run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2972the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2973the proper run-time addresses.
2974@ifset H8
7be1c489 2975For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2976@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2977ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2978@end ifset
2979
2980@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2981An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2982of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2983@dfn{bss} sections.
2984
c1253627 2985@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2986@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2987When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2988@end ifset
a4fb0134 2989@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2990using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2991If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2992or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2993@end ifset
2994
2995@ifset HPPA
2996@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2997When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2998@end ifset
a4fb0134 2999@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3000specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3001@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3002(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3003assembler directives.
3004
3005@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3006Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3007text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3008is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3009BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3010@end ifset
3011@end ifset
3012
3013Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3014data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3015
3016@ifset HPPA
3017When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3018section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3019@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3020@end ifset
3021
3022To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3023relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3024object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3025@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3026file is mentioned:
3027@itemize @bullet
3028@item
3029Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3030an address?
3031@item
3032How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3033@item
3034Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3035@display
3036(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3037@end display
3038@item
3039Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3040@end itemize
3041
3042@cindex addresses, format of
3043@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3044In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3045@display
3046(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3047@end display
3048@noindent
a4fb0134 3049Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3050nature.
3051@ifset SOM
3052(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3053symbol-relative instead.)
3054@end ifset
3055
3056In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3057@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3058
3059Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3060@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3061addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3062@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3063@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3064data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3065their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3066part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3067address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3068
3069The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3070address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3071rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3072Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3073address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3074common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3075time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3076
3077By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3078the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3079sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3080customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3081the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3082data and bss sections.
3083
3084Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3085use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3086
3087@node Ld Sections
3088@section Linker Sections
3089@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3090
3091@table @strong
3092
c1253627 3093@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3094@cindex named sections
3095@cindex sections, named
3096@item named sections
3097@end ifset
3098@ifset aout-bout
3099@cindex text section
3100@cindex data section
3101@itemx text section
3102@itemx data section
3103@end ifset
a4fb0134 3104These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3105separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3106true of another.
3107@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3108When the program is running, however, it is
3109customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3110text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3111instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3112program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3113in the data section.
c1253627 3114@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3115
3116@cindex bss section
3117@item bss section
3118This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3119is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3120each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3121out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3122bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3123those explicit zeros from object files.
3124
3125@cindex absolute section
3126@item absolute section
3127Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3128This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3129not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3130addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3131
3132@cindex undefined section
3133@item undefined section
3134This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3135the preceding sections.
3136@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3137@end table
3138
3139@cindex relocation example
3140An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3141@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3142The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3143@end ifset
3144Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3145
3146@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3147@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3148@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3149@smallexample
3150 +-----+----+--+
3151partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3152 +-----+----+--+
3153
3154 text data bss
3155 seg. seg. seg.
3156
3157 +---+---+---+
3158partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3159 +---+---+---+
3160
3161 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3162linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3163 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3164
3165 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3166@end smallexample
3167@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3168@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3169@need 5000
3170@tex
c1253627 3171\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3172\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3173\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3174\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3175
3176\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3177\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3178\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3179
3180\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3181\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3182\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3183ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3184DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3185
3186\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3187\line{0\dots\hfil}
3188
3189@end tex
3190@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3191
3192@node As Sections
3193@section Assembler Internal Sections
3194
3195@cindex internal assembler sections
3196@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3197These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3198have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3199sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3200warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3201meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3202value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3203section-relative address.
3204
3205@table @b
3206@cindex assembler internal logic error
3207@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3208An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3209bug in the assembler.
3210
3211@cindex expr (internal section)
3212@item expr section
3213The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3214symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3215it in the expr section.
3216@c FIXME item debug
3217@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3218@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3219@c FIXME item register
3220@end table
3221
3222@node Sub-Sections
3223@section Sub-Sections
3224
3225@cindex numbered subsections
3226@cindex grouping data
3227@ifset aout-bout
3228Assembled bytes
c1253627 3229@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3230conventionally
3231@end ifset
3232fall into two sections: text and data.
3233@end ifset
3234You may have separate groups of
3235@ifset GENERIC
3236data in named sections
3237@end ifset
3238@ifclear GENERIC
3239@ifclear aout-bout
3240data in named sections
3241@end ifclear
3242@ifset aout-bout
3243text or data
3244@end ifset
3245@end ifclear
3246that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3247are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3248use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3249numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3250same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3251subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3252section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3253assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3254section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3255constants being output.
3256
3257Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3258goes in subsection number zero.
3259
3260@ifset GENERIC
3261Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3262(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3263of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3264@end ifset
3265@ifclear GENERIC
3266@ifset H8
7be1c489 3267On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3268boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3269The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3270@end ifset
3271@ifset I960
3272@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3273@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3274@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3275@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3276@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3277@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3278@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3279@end ifclear
3280
3281Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3282to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3283The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3284other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3285They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3286data subsections as a data section.
3287
3288To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3289into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3290@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3291@ifset COFF
252b5132 3292@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3293When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3294@end ifset
3295@ifclear GENERIC
3296You
3297@end ifclear
3298can also use an extra subsection
3299argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3300@var{expression}}.
3301@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3302@ifset ELF
3303@ifset GENERIC
3304When generating ELF output, you
3305@end ifset
3306@ifclear GENERIC
3307You
3308@end ifclear
3309can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3310to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3311@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3312@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3313(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3314is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3315begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3316@smallexample
3317.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3318.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3319.text 1
3320.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3321.data 0
3322.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3323.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3324.text 0
3325.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3326.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3327@end smallexample
3328
3329Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3330assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3331restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3332counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3333@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3334current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3335assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3336
3337@node bss
3338@section bss Section
3339
3340@cindex bss section
3341@cindex common variable storage
3342The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3343You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3344not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3345your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3346section are zeroed bytes.
3347
3348The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3349@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3350
3351The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3352another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3353
3354@ifset GENERIC
3355When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3356COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3357see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3358section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3359@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3360@end ifset
3361
3362@node Symbols
3363@chapter Symbols
3364
3365@cindex symbols
3366Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3367things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3368to debug.
3369
3370@quotation
3371@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3372@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3373the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3374@end quotation
3375
3376@menu
3377* Labels:: Labels
3378* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3379* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3380* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3381* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3382@end menu
3383
3384@node Labels
3385@section Labels
3386
3387@cindex labels
3388A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3389@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3390active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3391operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3392different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3393definitions.
3394
3395@ifset HPPA
3396On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3397colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3398a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3399provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3400@end ifset
3401
3402@node Setting Symbols
3403@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3404
3405@cindex assigning values to symbols
3406@cindex symbol values, assigning
3407A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3408by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3409(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3410directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3411equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3412@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3413
f8739b83
JZ
3414@ifset Blackfin
3415Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3416@end ifset
3417
252b5132
RH
3418@node Symbol Names
3419@section Symbol Names
3420
3421@cindex symbol names
3422@cindex names, symbol
3423@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3424Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3425machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3426noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3427string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3428particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3429@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3430@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3431@ifset H8
3432Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3433Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3434character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3435on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3436@end ifset
3437@end ifset
3438
3439Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3440than @code{Foo}.
3441
7bfd842d
NC
3442Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3443multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3444@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3445currently supported.
3446
252b5132
RH
3447Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3448refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3449in a program.
3450
3451@subheading Local Symbol Names
3452
3453@cindex local symbol names
3454@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3455A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3456By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3457@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3458set of local label prefixes.
3459@ifset HPPA
3460On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3461@end ifset
3462
3463Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3464normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3465You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3466@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3467
3468@subheading Local Labels
3469
3470@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3471@cindex temporary symbol names
3472@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3473Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3474They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3475the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3476To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3477represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3478definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3479you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3480@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3481for ``forwards''.
3482
3483There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3484too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3485the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3486defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3487definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3488noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3489implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3490
3491Here is an example:
3492
3493@smallexample
34941: branch 1f
34952: branch 1b
34961: branch 2f
34972: branch 1b
3498@end smallexample
3499
3500Which is the equivalent of:
3501
3502@smallexample
3503label_1: branch label_3
3504label_2: branch label_1
3505label_3: branch label_4
3506label_4: branch label_3
3507@end smallexample
3508
ba83aca1 3509Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3510transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3511The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3512are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3513these parts:
252b5132
RH
3514
3515@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3516@item @emph{local label prefix}
3517All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3518Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3519that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3520used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3521@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3522object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3523you may use them in debugging.
3524
2d5aaba0
NC
3525@item @var{number}
3526This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3527label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3528
2d5aaba0
NC
3529@item @kbd{C-B}
3530This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3531of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3532
3533@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3534This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3535@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3536number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3537the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3538@end table
3539
ba83aca1
BW
3540So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3541the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3542
3543@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3544@cindex dollar local symbols
3545
3546@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3547dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3548soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3549region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3550scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3551the same local label.
3552
3553Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3554except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3555@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3556
3557They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3558names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3559to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3560@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3561
3562@node Dot
3563@section The Special Dot Symbol
3564
3565@cindex dot (symbol)
3566@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3567@cindex current address
3568@cindex location counter
3569The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3570@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3571.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3572Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3573directive.
252b5132 3574@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3575Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3576@samp{.space 4}.
3577@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3578
3579@node Symbol Attributes
3580@section Symbol Attributes
3581
3582@cindex symbol attributes
3583@cindex attributes, symbol
3584Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3585``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3586attributes.
3587@ifset INTERNALS
3588The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3589@end ifset
3590
a4fb0134 3591If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3592all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3593symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3594would want.
3595
3596@menu
3597* Symbol Value:: Value
3598* Symbol Type:: Type
3599@ifset aout-bout
3600@ifset GENERIC
3601* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3602@end ifset
3603@ifclear GENERIC
3604@ifclear BOUT
3605* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3606@end ifclear
3607@ifset BOUT
3608* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3609@end ifset
3610@end ifclear
3611@end ifset
3612@ifset COFF
3613* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3614@end ifset
3615@ifset SOM
3616* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3617@end ifset
3618@end menu
3619
3620@node Symbol Value
3621@subsection Value
3622
3623@cindex value of a symbol
3624@cindex symbol value
3625The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3626location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3627number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3628Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3629as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3630symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3631called absolute.
3632
3633The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36340 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3635@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3636same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3637name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3638common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3639bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3640allocated storage.
3641
3642@node Symbol Type
3643@subsection Type
3644
3645@cindex type of a symbol
3646@cindex symbol type
3647The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3648information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3649(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3650format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3651
3652@ifset aout-bout
3653@ifclear GENERIC
3654@ifset BOUT
3655@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3656@c better if it were available outside examples.
3657@need 1000
3658@node a.out Symbols
3659@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3660
3661@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3662@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3663These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3664one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3665@code{b.out}.
3666
3667@end ifset
3668@ifclear BOUT
3669@node a.out Symbols
3670@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3671
3672@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3673@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3674
3675@end ifclear
3676@end ifclear
3677@ifset GENERIC
3678@node a.out Symbols
3679@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3680
3681@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3682@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3683
3684@end ifset
3685@menu
3686* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3687* Symbol Other:: Other
3688@end menu
3689
3690@node Symbol Desc
3691@subsubsection Descriptor
3692
3693@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3694This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3695descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3696(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3697@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3698
3699@node Symbol Other
3700@subsubsection Other
3701
3702@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3703This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3704@end ifset
3705
3706@ifset COFF
3707@node COFF Symbols
3708@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3709
3710@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3711@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3712
3713The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3714like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3715@code{.endef} directives.
3716
3717@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3718
3719@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3720The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3721respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3722
3723@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3724
3725@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3726The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3727@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3728table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3729@end ifset
3730
3731@ifset SOM
3732@node SOM Symbols
3733@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3734
3735@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3736@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3737
3738The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3739the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3740
01642c12 3741The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3742Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3743@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3744@end ifset
3745
3746@node Expressions
3747@chapter Expressions
3748
3749@cindex expressions
3750@cindex addresses
3751@cindex numeric values
3752An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3753Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3754
3755The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3756a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3757enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3758section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3759the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3760@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3761
3762@menu
3763* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3764* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3765@end menu
3766
3767@node Empty Exprs
3768@section Empty Expressions
3769
3770@cindex empty expressions
3771@cindex expressions, empty
3772An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3773Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3774expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3775is compatible with other assemblers.
3776
3777@node Integer Exprs
3778@section Integer Expressions
3779
3780@cindex integer expressions
3781@cindex expressions, integer
3782An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3783by @emph{operators}.
3784
3785@menu
3786* Arguments:: Arguments
3787* Operators:: Operators
3788* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3789* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3790@end menu
3791
3792@node Arguments
3793@subsection Arguments
3794
3795@cindex expression arguments
3796@cindex arguments in expressions
3797@cindex operands in expressions
3798@cindex arithmetic operands
3799@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3800contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3801this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3802the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3803expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3804instruction operands.
3805
3806Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3807@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3808or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3809integer.
3810
3811Numbers are usually integers.
3812
3813A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3814that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3815these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3816instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3817assemblers.
3818
3819@cindex subexpressions
3820Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3821expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3822operator followed by an argument.
3823
3824@node Operators
3825@subsection Operators
3826
3827@cindex operators, in expressions
3828@cindex arithmetic functions
3829@cindex functions, in expressions
3830@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3831operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3832between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3833whitespace.
3834
3835@node Prefix Ops
3836@subsection Prefix Operator
3837
3838@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3839@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3840one argument, which must be absolute.
3841
3842@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3843@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3844@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3845@tex
3846\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3847@end tex
3848
3849@table @code
3850@item -
3851@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3852@item ~
3853@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3854@end table
3855
3856@tex
3857\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3858@end tex
3859
3860@node Infix Ops
3861@subsection Infix Operators
3862
3863@cindex infix operators
3864@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3865@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3866have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3867to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3868absolute, and the result is absolute.
3869
3870@enumerate
3871@cindex operator precedence
3872@cindex precedence of operators
3873
3874@item
3875Highest Precedence
3876
3877@table @code
3878@item *
3879@dfn{Multiplication}.
3880
3881@item /
3882@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3883
3884@item %
3885@dfn{Remainder}.
3886
d1eac9d9 3887@item <<
252b5132
RH
3888@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3889
d1eac9d9 3890@item >>
252b5132
RH
3891@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3892@end table
3893
3894@item
3895Intermediate precedence
3896
3897@table @code
3898@item |
3899
3900@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3901
3902@item &
3903@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3904
3905@item ^
3906@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3907
3908@item !
3909@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3910@end table
3911
3912@item
b131d4dc 3913Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3914
3915@table @code
3916@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3917@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3918@cindex arguments for addition
3919@item +
3920@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3921the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3922sections.
3923
3924@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3925@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3926@cindex arguments for subtraction
3927@item -
3928@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3929result has the section of the left argument.
3930If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3931You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3932@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3933
3934@cindex comparison expressions
3935@cindex expressions, comparison
3936@item ==
3937@dfn{Is Equal To}
3938@item <>
723a8472 3939@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3940@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3941@item <
3942@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3943@item >
b131d4dc 3944@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3945@item >=
b131d4dc 3946@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3947@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3948@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3949
3950The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3951value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3952perform signed comparisons.
3953@end table
3954
3955@item Lowest Precedence
3956
3957@table @code
3958@item &&
3959@dfn{Logical And}.
3960
3961@item ||
3962@dfn{Logical Or}.
3963
3964These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3965expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3966value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3967or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3968
252b5132
RH
3969@end table
3970@end enumerate
3971
3972In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3973address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3974
3975@node Pseudo Ops
3976@chapter Assembler Directives
3977
3978@cindex directives, machine independent
3979@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3980@cindex machine independent directives
3981All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3982The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3983
3984This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3985target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3986@ifset GENERIC
3987Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3988@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3989@end ifset
3990@ifclear GENERIC
3991@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3992@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3993@end ifset
3994@end ifclear
3995
3996@menu
3997* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3998@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3999* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4000@end ifset
f0dc282c 4001
252b5132 4002* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4003* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4004* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4005* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4006* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4007* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4008* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4009* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4010* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4011* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4012@ifset COFF
4013* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4014@end ifset
4015@ifset aout-bout
4016* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4017@end ifset
4018@ifset COFF
4019* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4020@end ifset
f0dc282c 4021
252b5132
RH
4022* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4023* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4024* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4025* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4026* End:: @code{.end}
4027@ifset COFF
4028* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4029@end ifset
f0dc282c 4030
252b5132
RH
4031* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4032* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4033* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4034* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4035* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4036* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4037* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4038* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4039* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4040* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4041* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4042* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4043* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4044* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4045* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4046@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4047* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4048* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4049@end ifset
f0dc282c 4050
252b5132
RH
4051* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4052* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4053* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4054* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4055* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4056* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4057@ifset ELF
4058* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4059@end ifset
f0dc282c 4060
252b5132
RH
4061* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4062* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4063* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4064* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4065@ifclear no-line-dir
4066* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4067@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4068
252b5132
RH
4069* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4070* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4071* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4072* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4073* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4074@ifset ELF
4075* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4076@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4077
252b5132
RH
4078* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4079@ignore
4080* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4081@end ignore
f0dc282c 4082
252b5132
RH
4083* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4084* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4085* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4086* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4087* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4088* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4089* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4090* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4091@ifset ELF
4092* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4093* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4094@end ifset
f0dc282c 4095
252b5132 4096* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4097@ifset ELF
4098* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4099@end ifset
f0dc282c 4100
252b5132
RH
4101* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4102* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4103@ifset ELF
4104* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4105@end ifset
f0dc282c 4106
252b5132 4107* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4108* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4109* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4110* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4111@ifset COFF
4112* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4113@end ifset
4114@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4115* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4116@end ifset
f0dc282c 4117
252b5132
RH
4118* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4119* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4120* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4121@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4122* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4123@end ifset
884f0d36 4124@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4125* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4126@end ifclear
4127
252b5132 4128* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4129@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4130* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4131@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4132@ifset have-stabs
4133* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4134@end ifset
f0dc282c 4135
38a57ae7 4136* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4137* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4138@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4139* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4140* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4141@end ifset
f0dc282c 4142
252b5132
RH
4143@ifset COFF
4144* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4145@end ifset
f0dc282c 4146
252b5132
RH
4147* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4148* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4149@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4150* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4151@end ifset
4152
c91d2e08 4153* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4154@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4155* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4156@end ifset
f0dc282c 4157
2e13b764 4158@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4159* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4160* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4161* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4162@end ifset
f0dc282c 4163
d190d046 4164* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4165* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4166* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4167* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4168* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4169@end menu
4170
4171@node Abort
4172@section @code{.abort}
4173
4174@cindex @code{abort} directive
4175@cindex stopping the assembly
4176This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4177compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4178assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4179of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4180quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4181
4182@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4183@node ABORT (COFF)
4184@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4185
4186@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4187When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4188synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4189
4190@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4191When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4192but ignores it.
4193@end ifset
4194@end ifset
4195
4196@node Align
4197@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4198
4199@cindex padding the location counter
4200@cindex @code{align} directive
4201Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4202boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4203required, as described below.
4204
4205The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4206padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4207padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4208marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4209with no-op instructions.
4210
4211The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4212it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4213directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4214specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4215fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4216required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4217with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4218
4219The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4220For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4221s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4222alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4223the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4224is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4225first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4226
9e9a9798 4227For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4228strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4229number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4230advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4231counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4232multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4233
4234This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4235native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4236GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4237described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4238architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4239
ccf8a69b
BW
4240@node Altmacro
4241@section @code{.altmacro}
4242Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4243
4244@ftable @code
4245@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4246One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4247generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4248replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4249replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4250separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4251define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4252
4253@item String delimiters
4254You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4255@code{"@var{string}"}:
4256
4257@table @code
4258@item '@var{string}'
4259You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4260
4261@item <@var{string}>
4262You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4263@end table
4264
4265@item single-character string escape
4266To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4267character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4268character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4269write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4270
4271@item Expression results as strings
4272You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4273and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4274@end ftable
4275
252b5132
RH
4276@node Ascii
4277@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4278
4279@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4280@cindex string literals
4281@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4282separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4283trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4284
4285@node Asciz
4286@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4287
4288@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4289@cindex zero-terminated strings
4290@cindex null-terminated strings
4291@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4292a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4293
4294@node Balign
4295@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4296
4297@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4298@cindex @code{balign} directive
4299Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4300storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4301alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4302the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4303is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4304
4305The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4306padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4307padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4308marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4309with no-op instructions.
4310
4311The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4312it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4313directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4314specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4315fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4316required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4317with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4318
4319@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4320@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4321The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4322@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4323pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4324fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43254,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4326filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4327the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4328undefined.
4329
fa94de6b
RM
4330@node Bundle directives
4331@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4332@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4333@cindex bundle
4334@cindex instruction bundle
4335@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4336@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4337bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4338into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4339disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4340gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4341@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4342
4343For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4344certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4345instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4346@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4347chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4348effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4349instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4350that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4351end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4352starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4353instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4354
4355@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4356@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4357@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4358The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4359allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4360are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4361aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4362@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4363directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4364
4365@cindex bundle-locked
4366For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4367appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4368instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4369and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4370instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4371sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4372@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4373entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4374boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4375first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4376aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4377bundle size.
4378
d416e51d
RM
4379For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4380inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4381nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4382@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4383matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4384same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4385
252b5132
RH
4386@node Byte
4387@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4388
4389@cindex @code{byte} directive
4390@cindex integers, one byte
4391@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4392Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4393
54cfded0 4394@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4395@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4396@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4397@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4398should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4399If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4400if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4401To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4402directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4403
4b7d318b 4404@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4405@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4406@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4407should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4408data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4409@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4410
01642c12 4411Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4412it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4413
54cfded0
AM
4414@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4415@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4416@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4417unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4418@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4419
9b8ae42e
JJ
4420@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4421@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4422@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4423should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4424argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4425a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4426the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4427can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4428The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4429no personality routine.
4430
4431@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4432@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4433@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4434should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4435argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4436or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4437no LSDA.
4438
54cfded0 4439@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4440@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4441address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4442
4443@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4444@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4445now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4446remains the same.
4447
4448@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4449@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4450remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4451absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4452CFA address.
4453
4454@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4455Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4456value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4457
4458@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4459Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4460CFA.
54cfded0 4461
17076204
RH
4462@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4463Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4464the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4465using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4466This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4467code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4468
4b7d318b
L
4469@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4470Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4471
4472@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4473@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4474same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4475instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4476
4477@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4478From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4479
4480@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4481Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4482i.e. no restoration needed.
4483
01642c12
RM
4484@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4485First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4486then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4487everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4488the previous saved state.
4489
4490@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4491Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4492directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4493
63752a75
JJ
4494@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4495Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4496
6749011b 4497@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4498SPARC register window has been saved.
4499
cdfbf930
RH
4500@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4501Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4502might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4503opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4504
f1c4cc75
RH
4505@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4506The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4507will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4508description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4509
4510The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4511limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4512mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4513by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4514or another register.
4515
ccf8a69b
BW
4516@node Comm
4517@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4518
ccf8a69b
BW
4519@cindex @code{comm} directive
4520@cindex symbol, common
4521@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4522common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4523of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4524definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4525allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4526absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4527the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4528using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4529
c1711530
DK
4530@ifset COFF-ELF
4531When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4532an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4533specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4534that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4535as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4536boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4537power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4538common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4539alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4540largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4541maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4542is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4543@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4544multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4545It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4546(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4547@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4548
ccf8a69b
BW
4549@ifset HPPA
4550The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4551@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4552@end ifset
07a53e5c 4553
252b5132
RH
4554@node Data
4555@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4556
4557@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4558@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4559end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4560absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4561to zero.
4562
4563@ifset COFF
4564@node Def
4565@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4566
4567@cindex @code{def} directive
4568@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4569@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4570Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4571definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4572@ifset BOUT
4573
a4fb0134 4574This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4575format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4576but ignored.
4577@end ifset
4578@end ifset
4579
4580@ifset aout-bout
4581@node Desc
4582@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4583
4584@cindex @code{desc} directive
4585@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4586@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4587This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4588to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4589
4590@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4591The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4592configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4593object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4594it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4595@end ifset
4596@end ifset
4597
4598@ifset COFF
4599@node Dim
4600@section @code{.dim}
4601
4602@cindex @code{dim} directive
4603@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4604@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4605This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4606information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4607@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4608@ifset BOUT
4609
4610@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4611@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4612ignores it.
4613@end ifset
4614@end ifset
4615
4616@node Double
4617@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4618
4619@cindex @code{double} directive
4620@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4621@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4622assembles floating point numbers.
4623@ifset GENERIC
4624The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4625@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4626@end ifset
4627@ifclear GENERIC
4628@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4629On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4630in @sc{ieee} format.
4631@end ifset
4632@end ifclear
4633
4634@node Eject
4635@section @code{.eject}
4636
4637@cindex @code{eject} directive
4638@cindex new page, in listings
4639@cindex page, in listings
4640@cindex listing control: new page
4641Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4642
4643@node Else
4644@section @code{.else}
4645
4646@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4647@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4648assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4649of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4650was false.
4651
3fd9f047
TW
4652@node Elseif
4653@section @code{.elseif}
4654
4655@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4656@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4657assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4658@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4659
252b5132
RH
4660@node End
4661@section @code{.end}
4662
4663@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4664@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4665process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4666
4667@ifset COFF
4668@node Endef
4669@section @code{.endef}
4670
4671@cindex @code{endef} directive
4672This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4673@code{.def}.
4674@ifset BOUT
4675
4676@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4677@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4678directive but ignores it.
4679@end ifset
4680@end ifset
4681
4682@node Endfunc
4683@section @code{.endfunc}
4684@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4685@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4686
4687@node Endif
4688@section @code{.endif}
4689
4690@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4691@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4692it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4693conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4694
4695@node Equ
4696@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4697
4698@cindex @code{equ} directive
4699@cindex assigning values to symbols
4700@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4701This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4702It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4703
4704@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4705The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4706@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4707@end ifset
4708
3c9b82ba 4709@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4710The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4711@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4712On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4713but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4714Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4715@end ifset
4716
252b5132
RH
4717@node Equiv
4718@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4719@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4720The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4721the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4722symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4723undefined.
252b5132 4724
01642c12 4725Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4726@smallexample
4727.ifdef SYM
4728.err
4729.endif
4730.equ SYM,VAL
4731@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4732plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4733
4734@node Eqv
4735@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4736@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4737The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4738evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4739the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4740value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4741
4742@node Err
4743@section @code{.err}
4744@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4745If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4746message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4747object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4748
d190d046
HPN
4749@node Error
4750@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4751@cindex error directive
4752
4753Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4754string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4755message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4756@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4757
4758@smallexample
4759 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4760@end smallexample
4761
252b5132
RH
4762@node Exitm
4763@section @code{.exitm}
4764Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4765
4766@node Extern
4767@section @code{.extern}
4768
4769@cindex @code{extern} directive
4770@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4771with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4772all undefined symbols as external.
4773
4774@node Fail
4775@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4776
4777@cindex @code{fail} directive
4778Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4779or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4780than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4781include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4782complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4783
252b5132 4784@node File
14082c76 4785@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4786@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4787
4788@ifclear no-file-dir
4789There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4790that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4791@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4792
4793@subheading Default Version
4794
252b5132
RH
4795@cindex logical file name
4796@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4797This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4798are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4799
4800@smallexample
4801.file @var{string}
4802@end smallexample
4803
4804@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4805recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4806to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4807statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4808old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4809
4810@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4811@end ifclear
4812
14082c76
BW
4813When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4814to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4815
4816@smallexample
4817.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4818@end smallexample
4819
4820The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4821index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4822literal.
4823
4824The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4825table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4826information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4827entries will have.
4828
252b5132
RH
4829@node Fill
4830@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4831
4832@cindex @code{fill} directive
4833@cindex writing patterns in memory
4834@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4835@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4836This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4837may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4838more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4839other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4840is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4841zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4842byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4843Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4844@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4845compatible with other people's assemblers.
4846
4847@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4848If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4849assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4850@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4851
4852@node Float
4853@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4854
4855@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4856@cindex @code{float} directive
4857This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4858has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4859@ifset GENERIC
4860The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4861@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4862@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4863@end ifset
4864@ifclear GENERIC
4865@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4866On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4867in @sc{ieee} format.
4868@end ifset
4869@end ifclear
4870
4871@node Func
4872@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4873@cindex @code{func} directive
4874@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4875is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4876Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4877@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4878prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4879@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4880All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4881The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4882
4883@node Global
4884@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4885
4886@cindex @code{global} directive
4887@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4888@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4889@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4890other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4891@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4892from another file linked into the same program.
4893
4894Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4895compatibility with other assemblers.
4896
4897@ifset HPPA
4898On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4899partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4900@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4901@end ifset
4902
c91d2e08 4903@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4904@node Gnu_attribute
4905@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4906Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4907
c91d2e08
NC
4908@node Hidden
4909@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4910
c1253627
NC
4911@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4912@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4913This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4914@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4915@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4916
4917This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4918their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4919@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4920Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4921@end ifset
4922
252b5132
RH
4923@node hword
4924@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4925
4926@cindex @code{hword} directive
4927@cindex integers, 16-bit
4928@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4929@cindex sixteen bit integers
4930This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4931a 16 bit number for each.
4932
4933@ifset GENERIC
4934This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4935architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4936@end ifset
4937@ifclear GENERIC
4938@ifset W32
4939This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4940@end ifset
4941@ifset W16
4942This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4943@end ifset
4944@end ifclear
4945
4946@node Ident
4947@section @code{.ident}
4948
4949@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4950
4951This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4952behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4953a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4954source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4955for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4956@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4957emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4958
4959@node If
4960@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4961
4962@cindex conditional assembly
4963@cindex @code{if} directive
4964@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4965considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4966(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4967the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4968(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4969alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4970If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4971nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4972
4973The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4974@table @code
4975@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4976@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4977Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4978has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4979is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4980
26aca5f6
JB
4981@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4982@item .ifb @var{text}
4983Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4984
252b5132
RH
4985@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4986@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4987Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4988strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4989the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4990end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4991string comparison is case sensitive.
4992
4993@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4994@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4995Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4996
4997@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4998@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4999Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5000
5001@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5002@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5003Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5004equal to zero.
5005
5006@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5007@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5008Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5009
5010@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5011@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5012Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5013to zero.
5014
5015@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5016@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5017Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5018
26aca5f6
JB
5019@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5020@item .ifnb @var{text}
5021Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5022following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5023
252b5132
RH
5024@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5025@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5026Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5027following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5028
5029@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5030@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5031@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5032@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5033Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5034has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5035which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5036
5037@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5038@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5039Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5040(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5041
5042@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5043@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5044Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5045following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5046@end table
5047
7e005732
NC
5048@node Incbin
5049@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5050
5051@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5052@cindex binary files, including
5053The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5054location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5055option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5056around @var{file}.
5057
5058The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5059@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5060read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5061responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5062after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5063
252b5132
RH
5064@node Include
5065@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5066
5067@cindex @code{include} directive
5068@cindex supporting files, including
5069@cindex files, including
5070This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5071points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5072if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5073included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5074can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5075(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5076around @var{file}.
5077
5078@node Int
5079@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5080
5081@cindex @code{int} directive
5082@cindex integers, 32-bit
5083Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5084For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5085expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5086of target the assembly is for.
5087
5088@ifclear GENERIC
5089@ifset H8
7be1c489 5090On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5091integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
509232-bit integers.
5093@end ifset
5094@end ifclear
5095
c91d2e08
NC
5096@ifset ELF
5097@node Internal
5098@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5099
c1253627
NC
5100@cindex @code{internal} directive
5101@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5102This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5103@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5104@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5105
5106This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5107their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5108@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5109(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5110processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5111@end ifset
5112
252b5132
RH
5113@node Irp
5114@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5115
5116@cindex @code{irp} directive
5117Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5118The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5119terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5120set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5121@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5122@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5123sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5124
5125For example, assembling
5126
5127@example
5128 .irp param,1,2,3
5129 move d\param,sp@@-
5130 .endr
5131@end example
5132
5133is equivalent to assembling
5134
5135@example
5136 move d1,sp@@-
5137 move d2,sp@@-
5138 move d3,sp@@-
5139@end example
5140
96e9638b 5141For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5142
252b5132
RH
5143@node Irpc
5144@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5145
5146@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5147Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5148The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5149terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5150@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5151assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5152assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5153@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5154
5155For example, assembling
5156
5157@example
5158 .irpc param,123
5159 move d\param,sp@@-
5160 .endr
5161@end example
5162
5163is equivalent to assembling
5164
5165@example
5166 move d1,sp@@-
5167 move d2,sp@@-
5168 move d3,sp@@-
5169@end example
5170
5e75c3ab
JB
5171For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5172at @xref{Macro}.
5173
252b5132
RH
5174@node Lcomm
5175@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5176
5177@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5178@cindex local common symbols
5179@cindex symbols, local common
5180Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5181denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5182those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5183section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5184is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5185not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5186
5187@ifset GENERIC
5188Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5189argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5190@end ifset
5191
5192@ifset HPPA
5193The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5194@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5195@end ifset
5196
5197@node Lflags
5198@section @code{.lflags}
5199
5200@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5201@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5202assemblers, but ignores it.
5203
5204@ifclear no-line-dir
5205@node Line
5206@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5207
5208@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5209@cindex logical line number
5210@ifset aout-bout
5211Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5212expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5213statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5214reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5215@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5216for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5217@end ifset
5218
252b5132 5219Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5220@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5221when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5222were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5223@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5224
5225Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5226used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5227debugging.
5228@end ifclear
5229
5230@node Linkonce
5231@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5232@cindex COMDAT
5233@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5234@cindex common sections
5235Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5236This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5237but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5238The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5239Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5240unique.
5241
5242This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5243writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5244Executable format used on Windows NT.
5245
5246The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5247following strings. For example:
5248@smallexample
5249.linkonce same_size
5250@end smallexample
5251Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5252
5253@table @code
5254@item discard
5255Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5256
5257@item one_only
5258Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5259
5260@item same_size
5261Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5262
5263@item same_contents
5264Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5265@end table
5266
ccf8a69b
BW
5267@node List
5268@section @code{.list}
5269
5270@cindex @code{list} directive
5271@cindex listing control, turning on
5272Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5273not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5274internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5275counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5276generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5277
5278By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5279@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5280the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5281
252b5132
RH
5282@node Ln
5283@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5284
5285@cindex @code{ln} directive
5286@ifclear no-line-dir
5287@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5288@end ifclear
5289@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5290Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5291must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5292line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5293statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5294line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5295@ifset BOUT
5296
a4fb0134 5297This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5298configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5299output format.
5300@end ifset
5301@end ifset
5302
ccf8a69b
BW
5303@node Loc
5304@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5305@cindex @code{loc} directive
5306When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5307the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5308number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5309instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5310arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5311the row is added.
252b5132 5312
ccf8a69b
BW
5313The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5314
5315@table @code
5316@item basic_block
5317This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5318@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5319
5320@item prologue_end
5321This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5322@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5323
5324@item epilogue_begin
5325This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5326@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5327
5328@item is_stmt @var{value}
5329This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5330@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5331either 0 or 1.
5332
5333@item isa @var{value}
5334This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5335state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5336
92846e72
CC
5337@item discriminator @var{value}
5338This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5339state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5340
ccf8a69b
BW
5341@end table
5342
5343@node Loc_mark_labels
5344@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5345@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5346When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5347the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5348to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5349register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5350The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5351this function respectively.
252b5132 5352
4d4175af
BW
5353@ifset ELF
5354@node Local
5355@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5356
5357@cindex @code{local} directive
5358This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5359the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5360will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5361they will be created.
5362
5363For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5364accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5365the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5366(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5367@end ifset
5368
252b5132
RH
5369@node Long
5370@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5371
5372@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5373@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5374
5375@ignore
5376@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5377@c what it really ought to do
5378@node Lsym
5379@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5380
5381@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5382@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5383@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5384the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5385rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5386the same as the expression value:
5387@smallexample
5388@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5389@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5390@var{value} = @var{expression}
5391@end smallexample
5392@noindent
5393The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5394@end ignore
5395
5396@node Macro
5397@section @code{.macro}
5398
5399@cindex macros
5400The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5401generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5402@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5403
5404@example
5405 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5406 .long \from
5407 .if \to-\from
5408 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5409 .endif
5410 .endm
5411@end example
5412
5413@noindent
5414With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5415
5416@example
5417 .long 0
5418 .long 1
5419 .long 2
5420 .long 3
5421 .long 4
5422 .long 5
5423@end example
5424
5425@ftable @code
5426@item .macro @var{macname}
5427@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5428@cindex @code{macro} directive
5429Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5430definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5431separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5432indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5433@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5434(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5435macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5436cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5437subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5438definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5439
5440@table @code
5441@item .macro comm
5442Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5443arguments.
5444
6258339f 5445@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5446@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5447Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5448which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5449@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5450
5451@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5452Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5453arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5454After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5455@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5456@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5457,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5458@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5459
6eaeac8a
JB
5460@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5461Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5462arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5463not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5464will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5465
252b5132
RH
5466When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5467position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5468@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5469
6258339f
NC
5470@end table
5471
5e75c3ab
JB
5472Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5473as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5474occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5475characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5476(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5477architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5478character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5479replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5480construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5481identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5482this macro definition:
5483
5484@example
5485 .macro label l
5486\l:
5487 .endm
5488@end example
5489
5490might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5491called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5492assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5493identifier.
5494
5495Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5496which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5497for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5498length specifier like this:
5499
5500@example
5501 .macro opcode base length
5502 \base.\length
5503 .endm
5504@end example
5505
5506and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5507instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5508interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5509
5510There are several possible ways around this problem:
5511
5512@table @code
5513@item Insert white space
5514If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5515solution. eg:
5516
5517@example
5518 .macro label l
5519\l :
5520 .endm
5521@end example
5522
5523@item Use @samp{\()}
5524The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5525the following text. eg:
5526
5527@example
5528 .macro opcode base length
5529 \base\().\length
5530 .endm
5531@end example
5532
5533@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5534In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5535used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5536
5537@example
5538 .altmacro
5539 .macro label l
5540l&:
5541 .endm
5542@end example
6258339f 5543@end table
5e75c3ab 5544
96e9638b 5545Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5546also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5547and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5548
252b5132
RH
5549@item .endm
5550@cindex @code{endm} directive
5551Mark the end of a macro definition.
5552
5553@item .exitm
5554@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5555Exit early from the current macro definition.
5556
5557@cindex number of macros executed
5558@cindex macros, count executed
5559@item \@@
a4fb0134 5560@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5561executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5562output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5563
252b5132
RH
5564@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5565@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5566macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5567@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5568@end ftable
252b5132 5569
ccf8a69b
BW
5570@node MRI
5571@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5572
ccf8a69b
BW
5573@cindex @code{mri} directive
5574@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5575If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5576@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5577affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5578of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5579
caa32fe5
NC
5580@node Noaltmacro
5581@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5582Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5583
252b5132
RH
5584@node Nolist
5585@section @code{.nolist}
5586
5587@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5588@cindex listing control, turning off
5589Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5590not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5591internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5592counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5593generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5594
5595@node Octa
5596@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5597
5598@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5599@cindex @code{octa} directive
5600@cindex integer, 16-byte
5601@cindex sixteen byte integer
5602This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5603bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5604
5605The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5606hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5607
9aec2026
NC
5608@node Offset
5609@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5610
5611@cindex @code{offset} directive
5612Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5613be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5614symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5615directive.
9aec2026 5616
252b5132
RH
5617@node Org
5618@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5619
5620@cindex @code{org} directive
5621@cindex location counter, advancing
5622@cindex advancing location counter
5623@cindex current address, advancing
5624Advance the location counter of the current section to
5625@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5626expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5627you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5628wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5629with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5630@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5631is the same as the current subsection.
5632
5633@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5634unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5635backwards.
5636
5637@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5638@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5639@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5640Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5641may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5642a chance to share your improved assembler.
5643
5644Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5645to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5646people's assemblers.
5647
5648When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5649intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5650absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5651@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5652
5653@node P2align
5654@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5655
5656@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5657@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5658Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5659storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5660number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5661advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5662counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5663multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5664
5665The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5666padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5667padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5668marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5669with no-op instructions.
5670
5671The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5672it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5673directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5674specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5675fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5676required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5677with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5678
5679@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5680@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5681The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5682@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5683pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5684fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
56852,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5686filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5687the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5688undefined.
5689
ccf8a69b
BW
5690@ifset ELF
5691@node PopSection
5692@section @code{.popsection}
5693
5694@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5695@cindex Section Stack
5696This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5697@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5698@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5699(@pxref{Previous}).
5700
5701This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5702section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5703stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5704@end ifset
5705
c91d2e08
NC
5706@ifset ELF
5707@node Previous
5708@section @code{.previous}
5709
c1253627 5710@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5711@cindex Section Stack
5712This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5713@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5714@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5715(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5716
5717This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5718referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5719@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5720subsections). For example:
5721
5722@smallexample
5723.section A
5724 .subsection 1
5725 .word 0x1234
5726 .subsection 2
5727 .word 0x5678
5728.previous
5729 .word 0x9abc
5730@end smallexample
5731
5732Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5733section A. Whilst:
5734
5735@smallexample
5736.section A
5737.subsection 1
5738 # Now in section A subsection 1
5739 .word 0x1234
5740.section B
5741.subsection 0
5742 # Now in section B subsection 0
5743 .word 0x5678
5744.subsection 1
5745 # Now in section B subsection 1
5746 .word 0x9abc
5747.previous
5748 # Now in section B subsection 0
5749 .word 0xdef0
5750@end smallexample
5751
5752Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5753section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5754
5755In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5756the top section on the section stack.
5757@end ifset
5758
252b5132
RH
5759@node Print
5760@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5761
5762@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5763@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5764assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5765
c91d2e08
NC
5766@ifset ELF
5767@node Protected
5768@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5769
c1253627
NC
5770@cindex @code{protected} directive
5771@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5772This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5773@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5774
5775This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5776their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5777@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5778components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5779component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5780this.
c91d2e08
NC
5781@end ifset
5782
252b5132
RH
5783@node Psize
5784@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5785
5786@cindex @code{psize} directive
5787@cindex listing control: paper size
5788@cindex paper size, for listings
5789Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5790number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5791
5792If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5793of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5794default width is 200 columns.
5795
a4fb0134 5796@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5797lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5798@code{.eject}).
5799
5800If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5801those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5802
5803@node Purgem
5804@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5805
5806@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5807Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5808expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5809
c91d2e08
NC
5810@ifset ELF
5811@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5812@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5813
c1253627 5814@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5815@cindex Section Stack
5816This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5817@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5818@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5819(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5820
e9863d7f
DJ
5821This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5822top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5823subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5824@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5825as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5826@end ifset
5827
252b5132
RH
5828@node Quad
5829@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5830
5831@cindex @code{quad} directive
5832@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5833each bignum, it emits
5834@ifclear bignum-16
5835an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5836warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5837@cindex eight-byte integer
5838@cindex integer, 8-byte
5839
5840The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5841hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5842@end ifclear
5843@ifset bignum-16
5844a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5845warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5846@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5847@cindex integer, 16-byte
5848@end ifset
5849
05e9452c
AM
5850@node Reloc
5851@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5852
5853@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5854Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5855@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5856the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5857symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5858@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5859absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5860targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5861relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5862section.
5863
252b5132
RH
5864@node Rept
5865@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5866
5867@cindex @code{rept} directive
5868Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5869@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5870
5871For example, assembling
5872
5873@example
5874 .rept 3
5875 .long 0
5876 .endr
5877@end example
5878
5879is equivalent to assembling
5880
5881@example
5882 .long 0
5883 .long 0
5884 .long 0
5885@end example
5886
5887@node Sbttl
5888@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5889
5890@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5891@cindex subtitles for listings
5892@cindex listing control: subtitle
5893Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5894title line) when generating assembly listings.
5895
5896This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5897it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5898
5899@ifset COFF
5900@node Scl
5901@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5902
5903@cindex @code{scl} directive
5904@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5905@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5906Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5907used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5908whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5909symbolic debugging information.
5910@ifset BOUT
5911
5912The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5913configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5914accepts this directive but ignores it.
5915@end ifset
5916@end ifset
5917
c1253627 5918@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5919@node Section
c1253627 5920@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5921
252b5132
RH
5922@cindex named section
5923Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5924named @var{name}.
5925
5926This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5927named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5928with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5929
c1253627
NC
5930@ifset COFF
5931@ifset ELF
5932@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5933@subheading COFF Version
5934@end ifset
5935
5936@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5937For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5938ways:
c91d2e08 5939
252b5132
RH
5940@smallexample
5941.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5942.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5943@end smallexample
5944
5945If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5946section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5947@table @code
5948@item b
5949bss section (uninitialized data)
5950@item n
5951section is not loaded
5952@item w
5953writable section
5954@item d
5955data section
5956@item r
5957read-only section
5958@item x
5959executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5960@item s
5961shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5962@item a
5963ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5964@item y
5965section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5966@item 0-9
5967single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5968@end table
5969
5970If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5971the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5972loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5973from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5974will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5975
5976If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5977taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5978@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5979
5980@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5981@ifset COFF
5982@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5983@subheading ELF Version
5984@end ifset
5985
c91d2e08
NC
5986@cindex Section Stack
5987This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5988@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5989(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5990@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5991
c1253627 5992@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5993For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5994
252b5132 5995@smallexample
7047dd1e 5996.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5997@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5998
252b5132 5999The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6000combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6001@table @code
6002@item a
6003section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6004@item e
6005section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6006@item w
6007section is writable
6008@item x
6009section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6010@item M
6011section is mergeable
6012@item S
6013section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6014@item G
6015section is a member of a section group
6016@item T
6017section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6018@item ?
6019section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6020@end table
6021
6022The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6023@table @code
6024@item @@progbits
6025section contains data
6026@item @@nobits
6027section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6028@item @@note
6029section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6030@item @@init_array
6031section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6032@item @@fini_array
6033section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6034@item @@preinit_array
6035section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6036@end table
6037
10b016c2
PB
6038Many targets only support the first three section types.
6039
ececec60
NC
6040Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6041ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6042@code{%} character.
6043
22fe14ad 6044If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6045be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6046
6047@smallexample
6048.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6049@end smallexample
6050
6051Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6052constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6053@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6054@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6055the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6056absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6057which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6058@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6059@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6060
6061If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6062be present along with an additional field like this:
6063
6064@smallexample
6065.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6066@end smallexample
6067
6068The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6069particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6070@table @code
6071@item comdat
6072indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6073@item .gnu.linkonce
6074an alias for comdat
6075@end table
6076
96e9638b 6077Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6078the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6079
6080@smallexample
6081.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6082@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6083
01642c12
RM
6084If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6085@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6086present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6087this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6088@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6089If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6090
252b5132
RH
6091If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6092the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6093none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6094executable. The section will contain data.
6095
6096For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6097directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6098
252b5132
RH
6099@smallexample
6100.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6101@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6102
252b5132
RH
6103Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6104separated flags:
6105@table @code
6106@item #alloc
6107section is allocatable
6108@item #write
6109section is writable
6110@item #execinstr
6111section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6112@item #exclude
6113section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6114@item #tls
6115section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6116@end table
c91d2e08 6117
e9863d7f
DJ
6118This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6119contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6120some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6121work.
c1253627
NC
6122@end ifset
6123@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6124
6125@node Set
6126@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6127
6128@cindex @code{set} directive
6129@cindex symbol value, setting
6130Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6131changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6132@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6133flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6134
6135You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6136
6137If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6138file is the last value stored into it.
6139
3c9b82ba
NC
6140@ifset Z80
6141On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6142@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6143@end ifset
6144
252b5132
RH
6145@node Short
6146@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6147
6148@cindex @code{short} directive
6149@ifset GENERIC
6150@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6151@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6152
6153In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6154numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6155@end ifset
6156@ifclear GENERIC
6157@ifset W16
6158@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6159@end ifset
6160@ifset W32
6161This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6162a 16 bit number for each.
6163@end ifset
6164@end ifclear
6165
6166@node Single
6167@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6168
6169@cindex @code{single} directive
6170@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6171This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6172has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6173@ifset GENERIC
6174The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6175@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6176@end ifset
6177@ifclear GENERIC
6178@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6179On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6180numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6181@end ifset
6182@end ifclear
6183
c1253627 6184@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6185@node Size
c1253627 6186@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6187
c1253627
NC
6188This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6189
6190@ifset COFF
6191@ifset ELF
6192@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6193@subheading COFF Version
6194@end ifset
6195
6196@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6197For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6198@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6199
6200@smallexample
6201.size @var{expression}
6202@end smallexample
252b5132 6203
c91d2e08 6204@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6205@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6206@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6207ignores it.
6208@end ifset
c1253627 6209@end ifset
c91d2e08 6210
c1253627
NC
6211@ifset ELF
6212@ifset COFF
6213@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6214@subheading ELF Version
6215@end ifset
6216
6217@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6218For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6219
c1253627
NC
6220@smallexample
6221.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6222@end smallexample
6223
6224This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6225The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6226arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6227symbols.
c1253627
NC
6228@end ifset
6229@end ifset
252b5132 6230
252b5132
RH
6231@ifclear no-space-dir
6232@node Skip
6233@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6234
6235@cindex @code{skip} directive
6236@cindex filling memory
6237This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6238@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6239@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6240@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6241@end ifclear
252b5132 6242
ccf8a69b
BW
6243@node Sleb128
6244@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6245
6246@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6247@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6248compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6249symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6250
884f0d36 6251@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6252@node Space
6253@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6254
6255@cindex @code{space} directive
6256@cindex filling memory
6257This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6258@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6259and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6260as @samp{.skip}.
6261
6262@ifset HPPA
6263@quotation
6264@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6265targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6266Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6267@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6268for a summary.
6269@end quotation
6270@end ifset
6271@end ifclear
6272
252b5132
RH
6273@ifset have-stabs
6274@node Stab
6275@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6276
6277@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6278@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6279There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6280All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6281The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6282cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6283Up to five fields are required:
6284
6285@table @var
6286@item string
6287This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6288@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6289debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6290using this field.
6291
6292@item type
6293An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6294this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6295and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6296
6297@item other
6298An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6299low 8 bits of this expression.
6300
6301@item desc
6302An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6303bits of this expression.
6304
6305@item value
6306An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6307@end table
6308
6309If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6310or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6311you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6312compatible with earlier assemblers!
6313
6314@table @code
6315@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6316@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6317
6318The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6319It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6320null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6321strings.
6322
6323The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6324relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6325is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6326assembled.
6327
6328@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6329@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6330The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6331
6332@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6333@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6334All five fields are specified.
6335@end table
6336@end ifset
6337@c end have-stabs
6338
6339@node String
38a57ae7 6340@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6341"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6342
6343@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6344@cindex string8, copying to object file
6345@cindex string16, copying to object file
6346@cindex string32, copying to object file
6347@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6348@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6349@cindex @code{string8} directive
6350@cindex @code{string16} directive
6351@cindex @code{string32} directive
6352@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6353
6354Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6355one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6356particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6357You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6358
01642c12 6359The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6360the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6361copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6362are stored in target endianness byte order.
6363
6364Example:
6365@smallexample
6366 .string32 "BYE"
6367expands to:
6368 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6369 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6370@end smallexample
6371
6372
252b5132
RH
6373@node Struct
6374@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6375
6376@cindex @code{struct} directive
6377Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6378which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6379@smallexample
6380 .struct 0
6381field1:
6382 .struct field1 + 4
6383field2:
6384 .struct field2 + 4
6385field3:
6386@end smallexample
6387This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6388@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6389value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6390use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6391before further assembly.
6392
c91d2e08
NC
6393@ifset ELF
6394@node SubSection
6395@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6396
c1253627 6397@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6398@cindex Section Stack
6399This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6400@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6401@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6402(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6403
6404This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6405section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6406in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6407@end ifset
6408
252b5132
RH
6409@ifset ELF
6410@node Symver
6411@section @code{.symver}
6412@cindex @code{symver} directive
6413@cindex symbol versioning
6414@cindex versions of symbols
6415Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6416within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6417typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6418There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6419into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6420shared library.
6421
79082ff0 6422For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6423@smallexample
6424.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6425@end smallexample
339681c0 6426If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6427being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6428alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6429just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6430permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6431of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6432itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6433have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6434file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6435function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6436the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6437building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6438symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6439nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6440
6441If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6442references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6443reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6444symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6445
6446Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6447@smallexample
6448.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6449@end smallexample
6450In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6451the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6452difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6453references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6454
6455The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6456@smallexample
6457.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6458@end smallexample
6459When @var{name} is not defined within the
6460file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6461@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6462name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6463@end ifset
6464
6465@ifset COFF
6466@node Tag
6467@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6468
6469@cindex COFF structure debugging
6470@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6471@cindex @code{tag} directive
6472This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6473information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6474@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6475definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6476@ifset BOUT
6477
6478@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6479@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6480ignores it.
6481@end ifset
6482@end ifset
6483
6484@node Text
6485@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6486
6487@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6488Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6489the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6490expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6491is used.
6492
6493@node Title
6494@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6495
6496@cindex @code{title} directive
6497@cindex listing control: title line
6498Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6499source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6500
6501This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6502it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6503
c1253627 6504@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6505@node Type
c1253627
NC
6506@section @code{.type}
6507
6508This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6509
6510@ifset COFF
6511@ifset ELF
6512@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6513@subheading COFF Version
6514@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6515
6516@cindex COFF symbol type
6517@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6518@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6519For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6520@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6521
6522@smallexample
6523.type @var{int}
6524@end smallexample
6525
6526This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6527entry.
252b5132 6528
c91d2e08 6529@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6530@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6531@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6532directive but ignores it.
6533@end ifset
c1253627 6534@end ifset
c91d2e08 6535
c1253627
NC
6536@ifset ELF
6537@ifset COFF
6538@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6539@subheading ELF Version
6540@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6541
6542@cindex ELF symbol type
6543@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6544@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6545For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6546
6547@smallexample
6548.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6549@end smallexample
6550
6551This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6552function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6553supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6554compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6555
6556Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6557@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6558below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6559the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6560maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6561assemblers.
6562
6563The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6564
6565@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6566 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6567 .type <name>,#<type>
6568 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6569 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6570 .type <name>,"<type>"
6571@end smallexample
6572
6573The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6574
5671778d
NC
6575@table @gcctabopt
6576@item STT_FUNC
6577@itemx function
6578Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6579
d8045f23
NC
6580@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6581@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6582Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6583processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6584
5671778d
NC
6585@item STT_OBJECT
6586@itemx object
6587Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6588
6589@item STT_TLS
6590@itemx tls_object
6591Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6592
6593@item STT_COMMON
6594@itemx common
6595Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6596
6597@item STT_NOTYPE
6598@itemx notype
6599Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6600
3e7a7d11
NC
6601@item gnu_unique_object
6602Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6603will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6604name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6605systems).
3e7a7d11 6606
5671778d
NC
6607@end table
6608
6609Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6610
c1253627
NC
6611@end ifset
6612@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6613
6614@node Uleb128
6615@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6616
6617@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6618@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6619compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6620symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6621
6622@ifset COFF
6623@node Val
6624@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6625
6626@cindex @code{val} directive
6627@cindex COFF value attribute
6628@cindex value attribute, COFF
6629This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6630records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6631entry.
6632@ifset BOUT
6633
a4fb0134 6634@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6635configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6636@end ifset
6637@end ifset
6638
2e13b764 6639@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6640@node Version
6641@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6642
c1253627 6643@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6644This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6645formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6646@end ifset
2e13b764 6647
c91d2e08
NC
6648@ifset ELF
6649@node VTableEntry
6650@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6651
653cfe85 6652@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6653This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6654@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6655
c91d2e08
NC
6656@node VTableInherit
6657@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6658
653cfe85 6659@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6660This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6661@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6662parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6663parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6664@end ifset
2e13b764 6665
d190d046
HPN
6666@node Warning
6667@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6668@cindex warning directive
6669Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6670(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6671
c91d2e08
NC
6672@node Weak
6673@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6674
c1253627 6675@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6676This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6677@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6678
01642c12 6679On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6680directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6681@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6682
977cdf5a 6683On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6684When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6685alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6686
06e77878
AO
6687@node Weakref
6688@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6689
6690@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6691This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6692be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6693If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6694will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6695symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6696
6697The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6698assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6699symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6700resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6701had the references to the alias removed.
6702
6703The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6704within the assembler.
6705
252b5132
RH
6706@node Word
6707@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6708
6709@cindex @code{word} directive
6710This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6711separated by commas.
6712@ifclear GENERIC
6713@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6714For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6715@end ifset
6716@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6717For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6718@end ifset
6719@end ifclear
6720@ifset GENERIC
6721
6722The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6723depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6724@end ifset
6725
6726@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6727@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6728@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6729@cindex difference tables altered
6730@cindex altered difference tables
6731@quotation
6732@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6733@end quotation
6734
6735@ifset GENERIC
6736Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6737addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6738interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6739@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6740
6741@end ifset
6742In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6743@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6744Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6745compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6746directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6747@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6748creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6749This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6750first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6751of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6752table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6753contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6754@code{sym2}.
6755
6756If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6757secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6758@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6759long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6760and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6761minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6762entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6763
6764@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6765@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6766@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6767assembly language programmers.
6768@end ifset
6769@end ifset
6770@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6771
6772@node Deprecated
6773@section Deprecated Directives
6774
6775@cindex deprecated directives
6776@cindex obsolescent directives
6777One day these directives won't work.
6778They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6779@table @t
6780@item .abort
6781@item .line
6782@end table
6783
3a99f02f
DJ
6784@ifset ELF
6785@node Object Attributes
6786@chapter Object Attributes
6787@cindex object attributes
6788
6789@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6790into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6791Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6792point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6793requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6794passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6795hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6796generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6797newer generation at run-time.
6798
6799This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6800@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6801time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6802correctly.
6803
6804Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6805attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6806string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6807and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6808or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6809attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6810
6811Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6812The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6813
6814@menu
6815* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6816* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6817@end menu
6818
6819@node GNU Object Attributes
6820@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6821
6822The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6823with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6824
6825Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6826its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6827an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
68282} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6829architecture-dependent ones.
6830
6831@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6832
6833These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6834
6835@table @r
6836@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6837The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6838the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6839then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6840than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6841arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6842@end table
6843
6844@subsection MIPS Attributes
6845
6846@table @r
6847@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6848The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6849
6850@itemize @bullet
6851@item
68520 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6853@item
68541 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6855FPU.
6856@item
68572 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6858@item
68593 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6860@item
68614 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6862double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6863purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6864@end itemize
6865@end table
6866
6867@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6868
6869@table @r
6870@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6871The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6872
6873@itemize @bullet
6874@item
68750 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6876@item
3c7b9897 68771 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6878@item
68792 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6880@item
68813 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6882@end itemize
6883
6884@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6885The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6886
6887@itemize @bullet
6888@item
68890 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6890@item
68911 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6892@item
68932 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6894@item
68953 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6896@end itemize
6897@end table
6898
6899@node Defining New Object Attributes
6900@section Defining New Object Attributes
6901
6902If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6903will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6904mailing list.
6905
6906@itemize @bullet
6907@item
6908This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6909@item
6910The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6911@item
6912The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6913and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6914@item
6915Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6916@item
6917@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6918@item
6919GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6920@end itemize
6921
6922@end ifset
6923
252b5132
RH
6924@ifset GENERIC
6925@node Machine Dependencies
6926@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6927
6928@cindex machine dependencies
6929The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6930each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6931vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6932directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6933assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6934@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6935optimization.
6936
6937This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6938include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6939subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6940
6941@menu
a06ea964
NC
6942@ifset AARCH64
6943* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
6944@end ifset
625e1353
RH
6945@ifset ALPHA
6946* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6947@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6948@ifset ARC
6949* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6950@end ifset
6951@ifset ARM
6952* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6953@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6954@ifset AVR
6955* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6956@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6957@ifset Blackfin
6958* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6959@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6960@ifset CR16
6961* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6962@end ifset
8bf549a8 6963@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6964* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6965@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6966@ifset D10V
6967* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6968@end ifset
6969@ifset D30V
6970* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6971@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
6972@ifset EPIPHANY
6973* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
6974@end ifset
252b5132 6975@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6976* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6977@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6978@ifset HPPA
6979* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6980@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6981@ifset I370
6982* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6983@end ifset
252b5132 6984@ifset I80386
55b62671 6985* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6986@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6987@ifset I860
6988* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6989@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6990@ifset I960
6991* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6992@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6993@ifset IA64
6994* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6995@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6996@ifset IP2K
6997* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6998@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6999@ifset LM32
7000* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7001@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7002@ifset M32C
7003* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7004@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7005@ifset M32R
7006* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7007@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7008@ifset M680X0
7009* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7010@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7011@ifset M68HC11
7012* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7013@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7014@ifset MICROBLAZE
7015* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7016@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7017@ifset MIPS
7018* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7019@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7020@ifset MMIX
7021* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7022@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7023@ifset MSP430
7024* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7025@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7026@ifset NS32K
7027* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7028@end ifset
252b5132 7029@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7030* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7031* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7032@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7033@ifset PDP11
7034* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7035@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7036@ifset PJ
7037* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7038@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7039@ifset PPC
7040* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7041@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7042@ifset RL78
7043* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7044@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7045@ifset RX
7046* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7047@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7048@ifset S390
7049* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7050@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7051@ifset SCORE
7052* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7053@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7054@ifset SPARC
7055* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7056@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7057@ifset TIC54X
7058* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7059@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7060@ifset TIC6X
7061* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7062@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7063@ifset TILEGX
7064* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7065@end ifset
7066@ifset TILEPRO
7067* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7068@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7069@ifset V850
7070* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7071@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7072@ifset XGATE
7073* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7074@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7075@ifset XSTORMY16
7076* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7077@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7078@ifset XTENSA
7079* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7080@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7081@ifset Z80
7082* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7083@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7084@ifset Z8000
7085* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7086@end ifset
7087@ifset VAX
7088* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7089@end ifset
7090@end menu
7091
7092@lowersections
7093@end ifset
7094
7095@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7096@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7097@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7098@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7099@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7100@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7101@c in both conditional blocks.
7102
a06ea964
NC
7103@ifset AARCH64
7104@include c-aarch64.texi
7105@end ifset
7106
625e1353
RH
7107@ifset ALPHA
7108@include c-alpha.texi
7109@end ifset
7110
7111@ifset ARC
7112@include c-arc.texi
7113@end ifset
7114
252b5132
RH
7115@ifset ARM
7116@include c-arm.texi
7117@end ifset
7118
8473f7a4
DC
7119@ifset AVR
7120@include c-avr.texi
7121@end ifset
7122
3b4e1885 7123@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7124@include c-bfin.texi
7125@end ifset
7126
3d3d428f
NC
7127@ifset CR16
7128@include c-cr16.texi
7129@end ifset
7130
328eb32e
HPN
7131@ifset CRIS
7132@include c-cris.texi
7133@end ifset
7134
c2dcd04e 7135@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7136@ifclear GENERIC
7137@node Machine Dependencies
7138@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7139
c2dcd04e 7140The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7141and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7142chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7143family.
7144
7145@menu
c2dcd04e 7146* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7147* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7148@end menu
7149@lowersections
7150@end ifclear
7151@end ifset
7152
7153@ifset D10V
7154@include c-d10v.texi
7155@end ifset
7156
7157@ifset D30V
7158@include c-d30v.texi
7159@end ifset
7160
cfb8c092
NC
7161@ifset EPIPHANY
7162@include c-epiphany.texi
7163@end ifset
7164
252b5132
RH
7165@ifset H8/300
7166@include c-h8300.texi
7167@end ifset
7168
252b5132
RH
7169@ifset HPPA
7170@include c-hppa.texi
7171@end ifset
7172
5b93d8bb
AM
7173@ifset I370
7174@include c-i370.texi
7175@end ifset
7176
252b5132
RH
7177@ifset I80386
7178@include c-i386.texi
7179@end ifset
7180
e3308d0d
JE
7181@ifset I860
7182@include c-i860.texi
7183@end ifset
7184
252b5132
RH
7185@ifset I960
7186@include c-i960.texi
7187@end ifset
7188
9e32ca89
NC
7189@ifset IA64
7190@include c-ia64.texi
7191@end ifset
7192
a40cbfa3
NC
7193@ifset IP2K
7194@include c-ip2k.texi
7195@end ifset
7196
84e94c90
NC
7197@ifset LM32
7198@include c-lm32.texi
7199@end ifset
7200
49f58d10
JB
7201@ifset M32C
7202@include c-m32c.texi
7203@end ifset
7204
ec694b89
NC
7205@ifset M32R
7206@include c-m32r.texi
7207@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7208
7209@ifset M680X0
7210@include c-m68k.texi
7211@end ifset
7212
60bcf0fa
NC
7213@ifset M68HC11
7214@include c-m68hc11.texi
7215@end ifset
7216
01642c12 7217@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7218@include c-microblaze.texi
7219@end ifset
7220
252b5132
RH
7221@ifset MIPS
7222@include c-mips.texi
7223@end ifset
7224
3c3bdf30
NC
7225@ifset MMIX
7226@include c-mmix.texi
7227@end ifset
7228
2469cfa2
NC
7229@ifset MSP430
7230@include c-msp430.texi
7231@end ifset
7232
252b5132
RH
7233@ifset NS32K
7234@include c-ns32k.texi
7235@end ifset
7236
e135f41b
NC
7237@ifset PDP11
7238@include c-pdp11.texi
7239@end ifset
7240
041dd5a9
ILT
7241@ifset PJ
7242@include c-pj.texi
7243@end ifset
7244
418c1742
MG
7245@ifset PPC
7246@include c-ppc.texi
7247@end ifset
7248
99c513f6
DD
7249@ifset RL78
7250@include c-rl78.texi
7251@end ifset
7252
046d31c2
NC
7253@ifset RX
7254@include c-rx.texi
7255@end ifset
7256
11c19e16
MS
7257@ifset S390
7258@include c-s390.texi
7259@end ifset
7260
c0157db4
NC
7261@ifset SCORE
7262@include c-score.texi
7263@end ifset
7264
252b5132
RH
7265@ifset SH
7266@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7267@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7268@end ifset
7269
7270@ifset SPARC
7271@include c-sparc.texi
7272@end ifset
7273
39bec121
TW
7274@ifset TIC54X
7275@include c-tic54x.texi
7276@end ifset
7277
40b36596
JM
7278@ifset TIC6X
7279@include c-tic6x.texi
7280@end ifset
7281
aa137e4d
NC
7282@ifset TILEGX
7283@include c-tilegx.texi
7284@end ifset
7285
7286@ifset TILEPRO
7287@include c-tilepro.texi
7288@end ifset
7289
3c9b82ba
NC
7290@ifset Z80
7291@include c-z80.texi
7292@end ifset
7293
252b5132
RH
7294@ifset Z8000
7295@include c-z8k.texi
7296@end ifset
7297
7298@ifset VAX
7299@include c-vax.texi
7300@end ifset
7301
7302@ifset V850
7303@include c-v850.texi
7304@end ifset
7305
f6c1a2d5
NC
7306@ifset XGATE
7307@include c-xgate.texi
7308@end ifset
7309
6753e72f
NC
7310@ifset XSTORMY16
7311@include c-xstormy16.texi
7312@end ifset
7313
e0001a05
NC
7314@ifset XTENSA
7315@include c-xtensa.texi
7316@end ifset
7317
252b5132
RH
7318@ifset GENERIC
7319@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7320@raisesections
7321@end ifset
7322
7323@node Reporting Bugs
7324@chapter Reporting Bugs
7325@cindex bugs in assembler
7326@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7327
a4fb0134 7328Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7329
7330Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7331not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7332entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7333Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7334
7335In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7336information that enables us to fix the bug.
7337
7338@menu
7339* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7340* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7341@end menu
7342
7343@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7344@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7345@cindex bug criteria
7346
7347If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7348
7349@itemize @bullet
7350@cindex fatal signal
7351@cindex assembler crash
7352@cindex crash of assembler
7353@item
7354If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7355@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7356
7357@cindex error on valid input
7358@item
a4fb0134 7359If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7360
7361@cindex invalid input
7362@item
a4fb0134 7363If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7364is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7365be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7366
7367@item
7368If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7369of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7370@end itemize
7371
7372@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7373@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7374@cindex bug reports
7375@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7376
7377A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7378you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7379contact that organization first.
7380
7381You can find contact information for many support companies and
7382individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7383distribution.
7384
ad22bfe8 7385@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7386In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7387to @value{BUGURL}.
7388@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7389
7390The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7391@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7392fact or leave it out, state it!
7393
7394Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7395and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7396name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7397not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7398happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7399perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7400the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7401give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7402and the most helpful.
7403
7404Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7405it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7406that the bug has not been reported previously.
7407
7408Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7409bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7410respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7411You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7412
7413To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7414
7415@itemize @bullet
7416@item
a4fb0134 7417The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7418it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7419
7420Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7421the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7422
7423@item
a4fb0134 7424Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7425
7426@item
7427The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7428version number.
7429
7430@item
a4fb0134 7431What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7432``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7433
7434@item
7435The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7436observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7437all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7438
7439If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7440and then we might not encounter the bug.
7441
7442@item
7443A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7444the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7445high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7446when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7447the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7448file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7449@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7450
7451@item
7452A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7453incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7454
a4fb0134 7455Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7456will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7457notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7458make a mistake.
7459
7460Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7461explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7462@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7463library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7464would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7465would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7466expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7467observations.
7468
7469@item
a4fb0134 7470If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7471diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7472option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7473discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7474by line number.
7475
7476The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7477sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7478@end itemize
7479
7480Here are some things that are not necessary:
7481
7482@itemize @bullet
7483@item
7484A description of the envelope of the bug.
7485
7486Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7487which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7488changes will not affect it.
7489
7490This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7491will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7492with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7493We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7494
7495Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7496of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7497output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7498less time, and so on.
7499
7500However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7501report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7502
7503@item
7504A patch for the bug.
7505
7506A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7507the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7508a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7509to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7510
a4fb0134 7511Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7512construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7513the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7514one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7515
7516And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7517patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7518help us to understand.
7519
7520@item
7521A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7522
7523Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7524things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7525@end itemize
7526
7527@node Acknowledgements
7528@chapter Acknowledgements
7529
653cfe85 7530If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7531it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7532maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7533@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7534the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7535
7536Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7537more details?}
7538
7539Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7540information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7541extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7542
7543K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7544many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7545up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7546testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7547including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7548and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7549support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7550port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7551file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7552assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7553
7554Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7555in format-specific I/O modules.
7556
7557The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7558has done much work with it since.
7559
7560The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7561
7562Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7563
7564The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7565University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7566
7567Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7568(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7569(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7570support a.out format.
7571
7be1c489
AM
7572Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7573tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7574Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7575use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7576targets.
7577
7578John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7579simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7580updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7581fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7582remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7583cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7584required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7585
7586Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
758768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7588added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7589PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7590
653cfe85 7591Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7592
7593Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7594
7595Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7596along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7597formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7598the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7599
7600Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7601Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7602Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7603Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7604and some initial 64-bit support).
7605
c1253627 7606Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7607
252b5132
RH
7608Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7609support for openVMS/Alpha.
7610
39bec121
TW
7611Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7612flavors.
7613
e0001a05 7614David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7615Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7616
252b5132
RH
7617Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7618configuration enhancements.
7619
84e94c90
NC
7620Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7621
252b5132
RH
7622Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7623you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7624want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7625intentionally leaving anyone out.
7626
793c5807
NC
7627@node GNU Free Documentation License
7628@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7629@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7630
370b66a1
CD
7631@node AS Index
7632@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7633
7634@printindex cp
7635
252b5132
RH
7636@bye
7637@c Local Variables:
7638@c fill-column: 79
7639@c End:
This page took 1.348843 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.